BJ-W3000-3050 SM
Transcription
BJ-W3000-3050 SM
REVISION 0 JAN. 2000 QY8-1366-000 COPYRIGHT 2000 CANON INC. CANON BJ-W3000/3050 0100 GR 0.40-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) 0000 GR 0.40-0 Target Readers This manual is published by Canon Inc. for qualified persons and contains the necessary technical information for technical theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, it may contain information that does not apply to your locality. Revisions This manual may include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or changes in the products. When amendments are made to the content of this manual, Canon will issue technical information as the need arises. In the event of major alterations to the content of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will publish a revised version of the manual. The following paragraphs do not apply to any countries where such provisions are inconsistent with local law. Trademarks The product names and company names appearing in this manual are the registered trademarks or trademarks of the individual companies. Copyright This manual is copyrighted and all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be copied, reproduced, or translated into other languages, in whole or in part, without the express written consent of Canon Inc. except in the case of internal business use. Copyright 2000 by Canon Inc. CANON INC. Quality Engineering Center 30-2 Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan This manual was produced on an Apple® Power Macintosh® G3 personal computer and Canon LASER SHOT LBP-730PS laser beam printer; final pages were printed on Varityper® 4300J. All logos graphics were produced with Adobe® Illustrator® 5.0J / 5.5J / 8.0J and MACROMEDIA FREEHAND 7.0J. All documents and all page layouts were created with Adobe® Page Maker® 6.5J and QuarkXPress 3.3J. PREFACE This Service Manual describes fundamental field service for the BJ-W3000/BJ-W3050 large format printer. This Manual is composed of the following chapters: Chapter 1 General Description: Features, specifications and operating procedures Chapter 2 Basic Operation: Operation of mechanical and electric functions Chapter 3 Mechanical System: Mechanical setup and assembling/disassembling procedure Chapter 4 Maintenance and Servicing: Periodic parts replacement, Standard service life of consumables, Periodical services, points of maintenance and inspections Chapter 5 Troubleshooting: Service mode, adjusting and settings, operation trouble correction, image trouble correction Chapter 6 Circuite diagrams Appendix Menu guide iii PREFACE Descriptions in this manual are based on the following conventions. 1. In the Basic Operation section, the roles of each function, relationships between electrical and mechanical systems, and the timing for each part are summarized. The mark indicates mechanical drive transmission. The mark accompanying a signal name indicates the flow of electrical signals. Flow charts are also used in the summary of operation. The symbols used in the flow charts are as follows: Start/completion Operation Decision Remedy Jump Stop 2. In the descriptions of digital circuits, "1" or "H" indicates a high voltage level, and "0" or "L", a low voltage level. However, the actual voltage values vary depending on the circuit. 3. It is assumed that the Printed circuit board (PCB) will not be repaired by the user. Therefore, the descriptions of the circuits on the PCB are limited to block diagrams. 4. Troubleshooting is described using procedural tables. The procedural table is a variation of a general flow chart. An example is shown below. e.g. No power is supplied. Cause Step Check item Result Remedy Unplugged power source 1 Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the machine and the outlet? NO Connect the power code to the machine and outlet. Power source failure 2 Is the specified voltage applied to the outlet? NO Explain to the customer that the trouble is not attributable to the machine. Blown fuse 3 Is the fuse on the DC power PCB (F1) blown? YES Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power PCB. • If you want to know the possible causes of any specific problem (suspected parts), refer to the "Cause" column in the table. In the event "No power is supplied" as shown in the above table, an unplugged power source, power source failure, blown fuse, and other causes can be considered. ii iii PREFACE • In order to remedy a problem, check the Steps in order. Answer the first "Check item" question. If your answer matches that given in the "Result", follow the corresponding procedure in the "Remedy" column. If your answer is not the same, go on to the next step and repeat the same procedure. <Step> <Check item> 1 Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the machine and outlet? <Result> <Remedy> NO Connect in the power code to the machine and outlet. NO Explain to the customer that the trouble is not attributable to the machine. YES Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power PCB. YES Is the specified voltage applied to the outlet? 2 YES Is the fuse on the DC power PCB (F1) blown? 3 NO • When checking voltages using a tester is required, it will be specified in the check item. For instance; "measure the voltage between J102-1 (+) and JI02-2 (-) on the engine controller PCB". In this case, apply the plus and minus leads of the tester to the (+) and (-) terminals indicated after the connector numbers: e.g. JI02-1 (+): Plus lead JI02-2 (-): Minus lead 5. The signal address of the circuit diagram is shown by applicable pages of each controller (indicated at the upper right of the circuit diagram) and its location. CAUTION When checking voltages with a tester, touching the components or connector terminals on the PCB with the hands may cause an electric shock. It is advisable to wear rubber gloves or the like when power is supplied to the machine to protect yourself from electric shock. iii iv PREFACE CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1 1. Type ............................................................. 1-1 2. Exterior ........................................................ 1-1 3. Mechanism .................................................. 1-2 4. Media ........................................................... 1-4 5. Others .......................................................... 1-6 II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7 A. External View ............................................... 1-7 B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8 C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8 D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9 E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9 III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10 A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10 B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11 C. User Mode Menu .......................................... 13 1. Menu guide ............................................. 13 2. Menu and parameter setup .................. 1-14 3. Details of user mode menus ................ 1-14 4. Using the setup list ............................... 1-25 5. Dump mode .......................................... 1-27 6. Image layout ......................................... 1-27 D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29 E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31 IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32 A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32 B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34 V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36 A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36 B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36 C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37 VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38 A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38 1. Cautions on handling the BJ print head ..................................................... 1-38 2. Cautions on handling ink tanks ............ 1-38 B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39 C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39 D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39 VII. USER MAINTENANCE ................................... 1-40 A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40 B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40 VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................. 1-41 IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42 X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43 CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1 A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1 B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2 1. Parallel interface ..................................... 2-2 2. Serial interface ........................................ 2-6 C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10 E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12 1. Engine controller input/output (1/3) ...... 2-12 2. Engine controller input/output (2/3) ...... 2-13 3. Engine controller input/output (3/3) ...... 2-14 F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15 1. When the power switch is turned ON ... 2-15 2. When media is loaded .......................... 2-17 3. Printing ................................................. 2-18 II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22 B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24 1. Outline .................................................. 2-24 2. Operation ............................................. 2-24 3. Detection of front cover open/closed ... 2-25 C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26 1. Outline .................................................. 2-26 2. Structure ............................................... 2-26 3. Output signal ........................................ 2-26 4. Control .................................................. 2-27 D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28 1. Outline .................................................. 2-28 2. Paper width detection ........................... 2-28 3. Skew detection ..................................... 2-29 4. Light compensation .............................. 2-31 5. Auto band adjustment .......................... 2-31 6. Automatic print position adjustment ..... 2-32 E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34 1. Outline .................................................. 2-34 2. Method of detecting the ink tank .......... 2-34 iv v PREFACE F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35 1. Outline .................................................. 2-35 2. Method of detecting remaining ink ....... 2-36 G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38 1. Outline .................................................. 2-38 2. Cutting operation .................................. 2-38 III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39 A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39 1. Overview .............................................. 2-39 2. Structure ............................................... 2-39 3. BJ print head ........................................ 2-41 4. Nozzle arrangement ............................. 2-42 B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43 1. Construction of electric head unit ......... 2-43 2. Print signal ........................................... 2-45 IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46 B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51 1. Outline .................................................. 2-51 2. Operation ............................................. 2-51 C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52 1. Outline .................................................. 2-52 2. Wiping .................................................. 2-52 3. Maintenance jet .................................... 2-53 4. Suction ................................................. 2-54 D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56 1. Waste ink absorber unit ....................... 2-56 V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57 B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58 1. Outline .................................................. 2-58 2. Operation ............................................. 2-58 C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60 1. Outline .................................................. 2-60 2. Loading paper ...................................... 2-60 3. Paper feeding during printing ............... 2-61 4. Feeding operation ................................ 2-62 5. PE sensor ............................................. 2-62 VI. FAN .................................................................. 2-63 VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65 A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65 B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66 1. AC power supply .................................. 2-66 2. DC power supply .................................. 2-66 C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66 CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1 1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2 2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts .................................................... 3-3 PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5 I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7 A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7 1. Removing the right cover ....................... 3-7 2. Removing the upper cover and front cover .............................................. 3-7 3. Removing the lower cover ...................... 3-8 4. Removing the front cover switch ............ 3-9 B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9 1. Removing the operation panel ............... 3-9 C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10 1. Removing the cooling fan ..................... 3-10 2. Removing the suction fan ..................... 3-12 II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13 1. Removing the carriage unit .................. 3-13 2. Removing the carriage belt .................. 3-15 3. Installing the carriage belt .................... 3-16 4. Removing the linear scale .................... 3-17 v vi 5. Replacing the flexible cable ................. 3-18 III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21 1. Removing the purge unit ...................... 3-21 2. Removing the waste ink absorber unit ....................................................... 3-23 IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24 1. Removing the pinch roller unit .............. 3-24 2. Removing the platen ............................ 3-25 3. Installing the platen .............................. 3-26 4. Removing the paper feed roller ............ 3-27 5. Removing the PE sensor ..................... 3-27 V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28 1. Removing the carriage motor ............... 3-28 2. Removing the paper feed motor .......... 3-29 3. Installing the paper feed motor ............ 3-30 4. Fastening the paper feed roller set screws .................................................. 3-30 VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32 1. Removing the image controller ............ 3-32 2. Removing the engine controller ........... 3-33 3. Removing the PCB box ........................ 3-34 4. Removing the power switch ................. 3-35 5. Removing the DC power supply ........... 3-35 PREFACE CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1 II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1 III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1 IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2 A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2 B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3 CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1 A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1 B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1 1. How to enter the service mode .............. 5-1 2. Stopping the service mode .................... 5-1 C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2 D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3 1. Control display mode ............................. 5-3 2. Adjusting mode ...................................... 5-5 3. Operation/inspection mode .................... 5-6 4. Counter mode ........................................ 5-7 5. Initialization mode .................................. 5-8 II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9 A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9 B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9 C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10 1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (User-settable) ..................................... 5-11 2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode) ............................ 5-11 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller ................................... 5-11 4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment .................................. 5-13 5. Changing the parallel interface communication mode ........................... 5-15 6. Image controller/engine controller upgrade procedure ............................... 5-16 III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18 A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18 B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-20 2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-22 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-23 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-24 5. 007xx (Purge system) .......................... 5-24 6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-25 7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-25 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-26 9. 015xx (Power supply related) ............... 5-26 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-26 11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-27 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) ................................................. 5-27 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system) ................................................. 5-27 14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) ................................................. 5-28 15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-29 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-29 17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-29 18. 064xx (ESC command system) ............ 5-30 19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-30 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-30 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller) ............................................. 5-31 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller) ............................................. 5-31 23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-31 IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-32 2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-33 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-34 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-34 5. 007xx (Purge unit) ................................ 5-35 6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-36 7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-36 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-37 9. 015xx (Power supply related) ............... 5-37 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-37 11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-37 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) ................................................. 5-38 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system) ................................................. 5-38 14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) ................................................. 5-38 15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-39 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-39 17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-39 18. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-39 vi vii PREFACE 19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-39 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-39 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller) ............................................. 5-39 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller) ............................................. 5-39 23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-39 24. No power ............................................ 5-40 25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel .................................................... 5-41 26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected ......................................... 5-41 27. Wiper solenoid does not working ......... 5-41 28. Media is not fed .................................... 5-42 29. Suction fan does not rotate .................. 5-42 V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43 A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43 1. Installation environment ....................... 5-43 2. Media check ......................................... 5-43 B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44 1. Non-ejection of ink ............................... 5-44 2. Vertical misalignment 1 ........................ 5-45 3. Vertical misalignment 2 ........................ 5-46 4. Low resolution ...................................... 5-47 5. Dislocation of dots of different colors ... 5-47 6. Dot misalignment ................................. 5-48 7. Lines (Carriage direction) ..................... 5-49 8. White lines (Paper feed direction) ....... 5-50 9. Bleeding ............................................... 5-51 10. Dimensional accuracy problems .......... 5-51 11. Blotting boundary between filled images .................................................. 5-52 VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/ FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53 A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53 B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54 C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56 E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57 CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1 B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ....................................... 6-4 C. ENGIN CONTROLLER .................................... 6-16 D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33 E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41 F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42 APPENDIX MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1 vii viii PREFACE ix CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1 II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7 A. External View ............................................... 1-7 B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8 C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8 D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9 E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9 III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10 A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10 B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11 C. User Mode Menu ....................................... 1-13 D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29 E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31 IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32 A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32 B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34 V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36 A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36 B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36 C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37 VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38 A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38 B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39 C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39 D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39 VII. USER MAINTENANCE ................................... 1-40 A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40 B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40 VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................. 1-41 IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42 X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION I. SPECIFICATIONS 1. Type Type: Bubble jet printer Purge system: Suction with tube pump Paper feeding method: Cut sheet media; Manually set to the front. Roll media; Sheet feeder capacity: Automatic feeding (When manually set to the rear.) Cut sheet media; 1 sheet Roll media; 1 unit (Outside dia.: 100mm or less, Media tube bore: 50.8mm (2")) Media delivery system: Face-up delivery in front Max. delivery sheets: 5 sheets (Plain paper) Fixing method: Natural drying Cutter: Automatic cutter (replaceable) 2. Exterior A0-size model: External dimensions (main unit only); 1462 x 388 x 345 mm External dimensions (including stand); 1462 x 700 x 1204 mm Weight (Main unit only); Approx. 31 kg Weight (including stand); Approx. 46 kg A1-size model: External dimensions (main unit only); 1182 x 388 x 345 mm External dimensions (including stand); 1182 x 700 x 1204 mm Weight (main unit only); Approx. 26 kg Weight (including stand); Approx. 40 kg 1–1 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3. Mechanism Print mode/Resolution (No.) Mode Pass *1 Resolution Drive frequency Dot size *3 (1) Monochrome draft 1 pass/Bi 180dpi x 360dpi 14.4kHz M (2) Monochrome normal 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L (3) Monochrome enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L (4) Monochrome high enhanced 4 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L (5) Monochrome high resolution 4 pass/Uni 720dpi x 720dpi*2 7.2kHz S 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:M/Color:S (6) Color draft 1 pass/Bi (7) Color normal 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S (8) Color enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S (9) Color high enhanced 4 pass/Unil 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S * 1: Bi=bi-directional, Uni=uni-directional * 2: Equivalent * 3: S=small dot, M=middle dot, L=large dot Table 1-101 Print modes according to media type <Corresponds to the Nos. of table 1-101.> Media type Monochrome Draft Normal Plain paper (1) (2) (3) Coated paper (1) (2) Tracing paper (2) Matte film (2) Color Enhanced High resolution Draft Normal Enhanced (5) (6) (7) (8) (3) (5) (7) (8) (9) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9) Table 1-102 Maximum printing speed (Plain paper mode) Print mode Monochrome mode Color mode A0 size Draft mode Approx. 2 minutes 15 seconds Enhanced mode Approx. 13 minutes High Resolution mode Approx. 25 minutes Draft mode Approx. 5 minutes 15 seconds Enhanced mode Approx. 15 minutes Table 1-103 1–2 A1 size Approx. 1 minute 30 seconds Approx. 7 minutes Approx. 13 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 3 minutes Approx. 8 minutes 30 seconds CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Cartridge construction Head/Ink tank separation type 1 row of 160 nozzles (144 nozzles used) x 4 colors Ink type Black: Pigment, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: dye Ink tank capacity Black: Approx. 23g, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: Approx. 20g BJ print head service life A0 size: Approx. 400 sheets, A1 size: Approx. 500 sheets (continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass unidirectional, at 20% duty (5% for each color)) Ink consumption A0 size: Bk; 25 sheets, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 40 sheets A1 size: Bk; 50 sheets, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 80 sheets (continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass unidirectional, at 20% duty (5% for each color)) Interface Parallel interface Complies with IEEE1284 (Compatible mode/Nibble mode) Connector complying with IEEE1284-B Receptacle Serial interface Complies with RS-232C (DCE) D-Sub 9-pin female connector Emulation Complies with HP-GL, HP-GL/2, and HP-RTL Kanji font Kanji JIS first and second standard Memory Standard: 8MB (can be increased to 72 MB: 72-pin 60ns FPM type SIMMs) EDO memory can be used in FPM mode. Cutter Automatic cutter (replaceable) Waste-ink tank Provided Maintenance jet Provided Capping system Provided Paper thickness adjustment Automatic printing position adjustment Provided Provided Self diagnostics Provided Skewed feed detection Provided Head detection Provided Head insertion error detection Not provided 1–3 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Ink tank detection Provided Remaining ink detection Provided Waste-ink full detection Provided Media out detection Provided Remaining roll media detection Roll media end detection Not provided Provided Media size detection Cut sheet media: Automatic vertical/horizontal detection Roll media: Vertical; size or data designated Horizontal; automatic detection Carriage position detection Machine internal temperature detection Provided Provided 4. Media Media types Plain paper, coated paper, tracing paper, and matte film (75 ~ 100µm) Paper thickness 75 ~ 165µm (excluding matte film) / 64 ~ 128g/m 2 Maximum paper width A0 model: 914mm A1 model: 634mm Minimum paper width/length Width; 250mm Maximum printing length Cut sheet media: 1250mm Roll media* : Length; 150mm Windows95/98 driver; 4.6m WindowsNT4.0 driver; 4.6m ADI driver; 13m HDI driver; 18m * : Printing length of roll media varies depending on the type of application, operating system, or driver used. Printing margin Cut sheet media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm Trailing edge; 20mm Right/left edge; 5mm Roll media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm Trailing edge; 5mm Right/left edge; 5mm Maximum printing area 1–4 Excludes printing margins CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Printable papers Paper standard mm inch A0 model Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal ISO A A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 JIS B B1 B2 B3 B4 ISO B B1 B2 B3 B4 ANSI E D C B A ANSI ARCH 6 5 4 3 2 1 ISO Over A0 A1 A1L A2 A3 EURO DIN A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 KOREAN m s A1 model 841.0 594.0 420.0 297.0 210.0 × × × × × 1189.0 841.0 594.0 420.0 297.0 33.1 23.4 16.5 11.7 8.3 × × × × × 46.8 33.1 23.4 16.5 11.7 NG OK OK OK NG NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK 728.0 515.0 364.0 257.0 × × × × 1030.0 728.0 515.0 364.0 28.7 × 20.3 × 14.3 × 10.1 × 40.6 28.7 20.3 14.3 NG OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK 707.0 500.0 353.0 250.0 × × × × 1000.0 707.0 500.0 353.0 27.8 19.7 13.9 9.8 × × × × 39.4 27.8 19.7 13.9 NG OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK 863.6 558.8 431.8 279.4 215.9 × × × × × 1117.6 863.6 558.8 431.8 279.4 34.0 22.0 17.0 11.0 8.5 × × × × × 44.0 34.0 22.0 17.0 11.0 NG OK OK OK NG NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK 914.4 762.0 609.6 457.2 304.8 228.6 × × × × × × 1219.2 1066.8 914.4 609.6 457.2 304.8 36.0 × 30.0 × 24.0 × 18.0 × 12.0 × 9.0 × 48.0 42.0 36.0 24.0 18.0 12.0 NG NG OK OK OK NG NG NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK NG NG NG OK OK OK OK 910.0 627.0 627.0 460.0 340.0 × × × × × 1245.0 900.0 1250.0 645.0 465.0 35.8 24.7 24.7 18.1 13.4 × × × × × 49.0 35.4 49.2 25.4 18.3 NG OK OK OK OK NG NG NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK NG OK NG OK OK 881.0 634.0 460.0 337.0 250.0 × × × × × 1229.0 881.0 634.0 460.0 337.0 34.7 25.0 18.1 13.3 9.8 × × × × × 48.4 34.7 25.0 18.1 13.3 NG OK OK OK OK NG NG OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK NG OK OK OK OK 790.0 540.0 21.3 × 15.4 × 31.1 21.3 OK OK NG OK OK OK OK OK 540.0 × 390.0 × 1–5 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. Others Power source AC: 100 ~ 240 V (-15%, +10%) Frequency 50/60Hz Power consumption Max.: 120W or less At stand-by: 22W or less Noise Sound pressure level (Complies with ISO 9296.) When operating: Approx. 52dB (A) or less At stand-by: Approx. 20dB (A) or less Operating environment Temperature: 5 ~ 35°C (Printing quality assured: 15 ~ 30°C) Humidity: 10 ~ 90%RH (Printing quality assured: 20 ~ 80%RH) Atmospheric pressure: 1013 ~ 709hPa Storage environment* Temperature: 0 ~ 35°C Humidity: 5 ~ 95% (RH) * : Should be free from condensation and rapid temperature variations. 1–6 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS A. External View [1] [2] [3] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4] [1] Front cover [5] Wiper (Cleaner blade) [2] Carriage [6] Cutter unit [3] Operation panel [7] Platen [4] Paper release lever [8] Pinch roller Figure 1-201 1–7 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION B. Carriage [2] [1] [6] [3] [5] [4] [1] Ink tank [4] BJ Cartridge [2] BJ print head release hook [5] Ink tank release hook [3] Paper thickness adjustment lever [6] Cutter unit Figure 1-202 C. Cable Connections [1] [2] [5] [4] [3] [1] Parallel interface connector [4] Earth wire terminal [2] Serial interface connector [5] Power switch [3] AC inlet Figure 1-203 1–8 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION D. Rear Side of Main Unit [6] [2] [1] [3] [5] [4] [1] Roll media stopper [4] Parallel interface connector [2] Spindle [5] AC inlet [3] Serial interface connector [6] Power switch Figure 1-204 E. Printing Direction Paper feed backward direction Car ri forw age ard dire c tion Car ri bac age kwa rd d i rect ion Paper feed forward direction Figure 1-205 1–9 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION III. OPERATION A. Operation Panel [2] [1] [3] DATA POWER ENTER [7] [6] [5] ONLINE [4] Figure 1-301 No. Name Function [1] Data reception lamp Green when receiving data. Blinks if data is transmitted when the printer cannot receive it. [2] Message display Menus, parameters, error messages and other conditions are displayed. Divided into upper and lower sections. [3] Power lamp Green when power switch is turned on. Orange in the sleep state. Blinks orange if an error occurs. [4] Online key Switches between the online, offline and menu states. [5] Enter key Enters selected menu item. [6] Right/left arrow keys Used when selecting parameters. Also used to move the carriage on the platen. [7] Up/down arrow keys Used when selecting menus. Can move the paper back and forth when offline. Table 1-301 1–10 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION B. Printer States Printer states and key operation are shown below. Data received Printing Online pr Media setup r te Af *1 After printing on roll media ing int on Menu setup screen *3 Sleep Menu setup screen t cu e sh et ed m *2 ia Pause Offline (Black arrows) : Change of printer states when the Online key is pressed. *1. Some menus cannot be setup during printing. *2. When no media is loaded, the machine cannot be returned to the “Online” state by pressing the Online key. It returns to “Offline”. *3. Pressing any key on the control panel, opening the front cover, or receiving data in "Sleep" state will wake the printer up. Figure 1-302 1–11 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION State Printer state Online ¥ This machine can receive, analyze and print data. When printing is started, "Printing" appears on the message display. ¥ While online, only the online key is functional. To use the other keys, this machine should be offline or in the menu state. ¥ If no data is received for 5 minutes in this state, the printer enters the sleep state. Offline ¥ If data is transmitted from the host in the offline state, the printer will ignore it. ¥ The roll media can be fed and the carriage can be moved. ¥ If no data is received for 20 minutes, the printer enters the sleep state. Pause ¥ Printing is paused. As long as, there is sufficient space in the buffer memory, data is received and analyzed continuously. When the reception buffer becomes almost full in the pause state, the mode is shifted to receive data at 1 byte/sec. ¥ By pressing the online key in the pause state, the printer will enter the menu state. Menu ¥ Menus and parameters can be set up. The menu items available when paused are more limited than those available when in offline state. Printing ¥ The printer is printing. ¥ The operation panel keys cannot be used in the printing state. To use the keys, the printer should be in the pause or menu state. Sleep ¥ All lamps and the display (other than the power lamp) are off. ¥ When paper is loaded and data is transmitted from the host, the printer automatically enters the online state and starts printing. Table 1-302 1–12 C. User Mode Menu 1. Menu guide The following diagram shows the menu hierarchy of this printer. Normal menu A B Auto Sense HP-GL HP-GL/2+RTL HP RTL TIFF Print Operation Abort Print Buffer Clear Replot Force Print Printing Menu C Line Type Emulation Main menu Interface Setup RS-232C Line Intersect Line Shading Pen Setup Head Cleaning All Black New Tank 38400bps On Off Data Bit-Parity 7none 7even 7odd 8none 8even 8odd Select Table Print Layout Software Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 Force Cutting Yes No Auto Layout Off Nesting Media Save Best Modify Table Adjustment Pen Table 1 Auto Adjust Auto Band-Adj. 0 Width Normal Enhanced Hi-Resolution Draft 99% Auto 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 Color/Mono Color Mono Media setup Rotation 0° 90° 180° 270° Auto 31 Media Type Plain Paper Coated Paper Tracing Paper Film 1 2 3 *1 Margin Normal Large *1 Copy Feed Priority Length Print Length Band Joint 80mm (*Same as Pen Table 1) 1 18000mm Reset Defaults Pen Table 3 99 80mm (*Same as Pen Table 1) Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 All Pen Table *1 I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error Nesting Timer 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 60 minutes B Information 627mm (914mm) Reset Table Drying Time Yes No Width Auto Cut ) On Off User Size Pen Table 2 C Yes No Auto Cut Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut Drying Time Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute EOP Timer 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes Auto Adjust Mode User 9 : Indicates set value. Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value. Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection. (Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media mode.) Force Cutting Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska ISO-A ISO-B JIS-B Join All Black New Tank English(mm) English(inch) Layout Size 255 *1 xxx xxx xxx Head Cleaning Interface Setup Language ( *2 Off On 0 Roll Media Cut Sheet Abort Print Buffer Clear 60 minutes System Setup Y-Mirror Color *1 Roll/Cut Sheet 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes 999% 1% 15 *1 Hardware Xon/Xoff EOP Timer 100% Pen Print Quality Handshake *2 Scale Print Mode A Print Operation Baud Rate 2400bps Overlay Merge : Indicates the menu (Select the item using the up and down arrow keys.) (The shaded items are indicated only in the roll media mode.) *1: Can be set as a printer driver property, This fares priority over the operation panel setting when printing using the driver. *2: Can be set as a printer driver property, but both this setting and that of the operation panel will affect the printing. Main Menu Internal Print Demonstration Menu Map Color Palette Setup List Nozzle Check Dump Mode System Setup Language ( ) English(mm) English(inch) Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska Auto Adjust Mode On Off Feed Priority Print Length Band Joint Information I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error 1-13 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 2. Menu and parameter setup Menus and parameters are selected as described below. 1) By pressing the online key in the offline or pause state, the printer enters the menu state. 2) Select a menu item by pressing the right and left arrow keys. 3) After selecting a menu, move to the parameter menu by pressing the down arrow key. CAUTION Menu display varies depending on the state. (offline or pause) 4) Select parameters by pressing the right and left arrow keys. 5) Accept the selected parameter by pressing the Enter key. CAUTION When "Head Cleaning", "Force Cutting" or other item for immediate execution is selected, the operation is started by pressing the Enter key. If the up arrow key is pressed instead, the operation will not start and the selected parameter is cancelled. 3. Details of user mode menus The user mode menus are shown below. [1] Print Operation Used to change the current print operation. • Replot The data printed last is printed again. • Abort Print Printing is stopped in the pause state. • Force Print The EOP timer is started and the printer • Buffer Clear All current operations are stopped from in the offline or pause state, and all printing data in the memory are cleared. 1–14 is forced to print from the printing stand-by state. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [2] Head Cleaning Used to clean the cartridge heads. • All All heads are cleaned. • Black Only the black head is cleaned. • New Tank If the ink tank has been removed, use this menu to prevent non-discharge of ink. [3] Force Cutting Used to cut the set paper. Paper is cut. • Yes Paper is cut. • No Paper is not cut. [4] Adjustment • Auto Adjust Printing position is automatically adjusted. • Auto Band-Adj. Paper feed rate is automatically adjusted. [5] Print Mode a. Print Quality [Default: Normal] The print quality can be selected for the type of data or paper. • Draft For higher-speed, lower-quality output. • Normal For printing line drawings, etc. • Enhanced For printing files including graphics or solid printing. • High-Resolution (monochrome only) For printing monochrome line drawings at an equivalent resolution to 720 dpi. b. Color/Mono [Default: Color] Monochrome or color mode can be selected. • Color Color data will be printed in color. • Mono Color data will be printed in gray scale. 1–15 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [6] Media Setup [7] Auto Cut Used to change paper settings. a. Cut Type a. Roll/Cut Sheet [Default: Previous setting preserved] Select roll media or cut sheet. • Roll Media Select this to use roll media. If a cut sheet is loaded, it will be ejected. • Cut Sheet Selected when cut paper is used. If roll media is loaded, it is reverse fed and withdrawn. [Default: Cut] Select the type of cut for roll media after completion of printing. • Cut Cuts the roll media automatically after completion of printing. • Cut Line After completion of printing, a cutting line is printed. • No Cut After completion of printing, the roll b. Media Type [Default: Plain paper] media is not cut. The following media types can be selected: • Plain Paper • Coated Paper • Tracing Paper • Film c. Margin [Default: Normal] Margin size at the media leading edge can be selected. • Normal Leaves a margin of 5mm. • Large Leaves a margin of 15mm. d. Copies [Default: 1] Specify the number of copies to be printed. 1 - 99 1–16 b. Drying Time (only for roll media) [Default: Off] Sets the time for drying the ink after completion of printing. • Off Paper is ejected as usual. • Auto Optimum drying time is automatically selected according to the media type and printing mode. In the case of draft mode, the drying time is the same as for [Off]. • 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10 min., 20 min., 30 min., 40 min., 50 min., 60 min. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION CAUTION • HP RTL In the draft mode, the ink may not dry, depending on the environment. Set the drying time as required. Should only be used when printing raster data. After the raster data is received and 1 band is analyzed, printing is started. REFERENCE Drying time for each media type is as follows: • Plain paper: • HP-GL (759x) Conforms to the HP-759X series format. 30 sec. • Coated paper: none [9] Pen Setup • Tracing paper: 2 min. Composed of the pen setup selection • Film: 7 sec. menu, pen table changing menu, and pen table initialization menu. [8] Emulation a. Select Table [Default: Auto Sense] [Default: Software] Emulation can be set to match the file type Specifies whether to use the setting desig- output from the computer. • Auto Sense HP-GL/2+RTL, HP RTL, HP-GL, and TIFF data is automatically detected and printed. • HP-GL/2+RTL Emulates HP-GL/2 and HP-RTL. Data nated by the software or the pen table setting. • Software Pen setup from the application is used. (See Table 1-305.) • Pen Table (1 to 3) Pen setup (pen table) stored in the printer can be used. (See Table 1-304.) is accumulated in the memory buffer and printing is started with the EOP command, or when the EOP timer times out. 1–17 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION b. Modify Table The pen setup (pen table) stored in the printer can be changed. • Pen Table (1 to 3) • Pen Contents of the pen table can be changed. Settings can be changed for pen No. 0 to 15 (16 types). • Width Width of selected pen can be changed in units of dots (every dot from 1 to 5, [10] Line Type a. Line Intersect [Default: Overlay] Color processing method for overlapping lines or figures can be set. • Overlay Overlapping parts are printed in the color applied last. • Merge Overlapping parts are printed using mixed colors. every 2 dots from 5 to 31). (See Table 1-303.) b. Line Shading • Color Pen color (256 values) can be set. • Joint Line joins and ends (9 types) can be set (See Figure 1-303). [Default: On] When color data is printed in monochrome, a gray scale corresponding to the color is usually used. In order to improve the reproducibility of the line data, you can c. Reset Table Values in the selected pen table are returned to the defaults. • All Pen Table All pen table values are reset to the default values. • Pen Table (1 - 3) Values of the selected pen table are reset to the default values. 1–18 specify whether to print the line data using only black. • On Line data is drawn in gray scale. • Off Line data is drawn in black. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Default values of pen table 1 to 3 at the time of Factory settings. No. of dots Approximate thickness (mm/inch) Pen No. Width(*1) Color Joint 1 0.07/0.003 0 3 0 6 2 0.14/0.005 1 1 1 6 3 0.21/0.008 2 2 2 6 4 0.28/0.011 3 3 3 6 5 0.35/0.014 4 4 4 6 7 0.49/0.019 5 5 5 6 9 0.63/0.025 6 7 6 6 11 0.78/0.031 7 9 7 6 13 0.92/0.036 8 11 8 6 15 1.06/0.042 9 13 9 6 10 15 10 6 17 1.20/0.047 11 17 11 6 19 1.34/0.052 12 19 12 6 21 1.48/0.058 13 21 13 6 23 1.62/0.063 14 23 14 6 25 1.76/0.069 15 25 15 6 27 1.90/0.074 29 2.04/0.080 31 2.19/0.086 *1. When the display language is other than katakana, the widths are all set to 3. Table 1-304 Table 1-303 Software pen table factory settings. 1: Solid - miter 4: Solid - round 7: Solid - bevel 2: Triangle - miter 5: Triangle - round 8: Triangle - bevel Figure 1-303 3: Round - miter 6: Round - round 9: Round - bevel Pen No. Width Color Joint(*2) 0 3 0 6 1 3 1 6 2 3 2 6 3 3 3 6 4 3 4 6 5 3 5 6 6 3 6 6 7 3 7 6 *2. When the emulation is HP-GL/2 or HP-RTL, the set value for the joint is 1. Table 1-305 1–19 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [11] Plot layout Printed data layout can be set. • Media Save Automatic paper saving layout. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that a. Auto Layout (roll media only) [Default: Off] Automatic layout can be set. The data size at this time should match the data size of "6. Image layout" (p.1-27). • Off Automatic layout does not take place. Data is printed in the layout designated by the received data. However, the settings designated by the scale, rotation, and Y-mirror menus will be used. paper feeding rate is minimized. The image data is printed to the left end of the paper. • Best Automatic layout for selected standard size. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that paper feeding is minimized. The image data is arranged at the center of the minimum standard size to allow the data to fit, and printed to the left end on the paper. • Nesting Nesting is automatically laid out. Continuous data is rotated clockwise so that the paper feeding rate is minimized. If the longitudinal direction of the later data enters in the width direction of the margin of the previous data, the data is printed on the margin. If the later data does not fit into the width of the margin of the previous data, the data is not printed on the margin but printed to the next printing position. 1–20 b. Scale Magnification can be changed automatically, or can be specified. [Default: 100%] • Auto (cut sheet only) The magnification changes to fit the cut sheet loaded. • 1-999% Printing can be expanded or contracted in steps of 1%. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION A A=5mm A A Nesting A Media Save Best A A A A A A A=5mm A=5mm Figure 1-304 1–21 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION c. Rotation e. Layout Size (roll media only) [Default: 0°] [Default: ISO A] Data can be rotated on the paper when Paper size can be set. printed. • Auto (cut paper only) Rotated according to the loaded paper. • 0° Prints without rotating • 90° Rotated 90° counterclockwise. • 180° Rotated 180° counterclockwise. • 270° Rotated 270° counterclockwise. • • • • • • • • • ISO A ISO B JIS B ANSI ANSI ARCH ISO Over EURO-DIN KOREAN Custom f. User Size (roll media only) Width and length of paper to be printed d. Y-mirror [Default: Off] The data can be reversed in the paper feed direction when printing. • Off File is not reversed laterally. • On File is reversed laterally. can be set. [Default: A0 model: 84.1 x 118.9 cm A1 model: 59.4 x 84.1 cm] • Width Width can be set from 8.0 to 62.7 (91.4)cm, in one mm units. • Length Length can be set from 8.0 to 1800cm, in one mm units. g. Nesting Timer (roll media only) [Default: 30 seconds] Time until printing is started can be selected for the nesting layout operation. • 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min. 1–22 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION [12] Interface Setup a. RS-232C Used to set up the RS-232C interface. • Baud Rate [default: 9600] Sets the data transfer speed. 2400bps, 4800bps, 9600bps, 19200pbs, 38400bps • Data Bit-Parity [Default: 8 none] Sets combination of character bits and parity bit. 7 none, 7 even, 7 odd 8 none, 8 even, 8 odd • Handshake [Default: Hardware] Sets the data communication method between the computer and printer. Xon/Xoff, Hardware b. EOP Timer [Default: 30 sec.] When a data completion command (terminator) is not contained in the file data, the time from completion of data transfer to start of printing will be as specified here. • 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min. [13] System Setup Configuration of the system setting menu as follows: a. Language [Default: previos setting preserved] Language to be indicated on the message display can be selected. • English (mm) Display in English (mm) (Factory setting) • English (inch) Display in English (inch) • katakana Display in Japanese • Francais Display in French • Deutsch Display in German • Italiano Display in Italian • Espanol Display in Spanish • Svenska Display in Swedish b. AutoAdjust mode [Default: On] Specifies whether or not to “Auto Adjust” when replacing the BJ Print head. • On Automatic adjustment is done when the BJ Print head is replaced. • Off Automatic adjustment is not done when the BJ Print head is replaced. 1–23 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION c. Feed Priority [Default: Print Length] Select between paper feeding accuracy over distance, or feeding with less band variation. • Print Length Feed with preference given to distance accuracy. • Band Joint Feed with less band variation. d. Reset Defaults All user menu settings can be reset to the default values. • Yes All user menu setting are reset to the default values. • No User menu settings are not reset. e. Information [Default: On] Image controller PCB and engine controller PCB versions and memory capacity are displayed. 1–24 [14] Self-test Print A self-test pattern can be printed to check the printer operation. • Demonstration A built-in demonstration pattern is printed. • Menu Map A list of menus is printed. • Color Pallet A color pallet of 0 to 255 is printed. • Setup List The printer settings are printed. • Nozzle Check A nozzle check pattern is printed. • Dump Mode All data input is printed by in hexadecimal and ASCII code. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 4. Using the setup list The setup list is used when the printer is not working correctly, to determine whether the problem is attributable to the printer or the computer. The current menu settings, service mode values and a history of the last 4 errors which occurred are printed in the setup list, and can be filed for reference or faxed to the service department. Figure 1-305 shows a sample of a setup list and Table 1-306 explains the information in the setup list. [1] [2] [3] [4] [7] [5] [8] [9] [6] [10] [11] Figure 1-305 1–25 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Description No. [1] Description No. I/C: Image controller PCB version User-defined size setting E/C: Engine controller PCB version Length setting Width setting I/Boot: Image controller PCB ROM Nesting timer setting version E/Boot: Engine controller PCB ROM [7] Line intersecton setting Line shading setting version E/Slv: Engine controller PCB slave [8] Baud rate setting Data bit parity setting version [2] [3] DRAM capacity Hand shake setting Language setting EOP timer setting [4] Print mode setting [5] [9] Monochrome/color setting Auto adjust mode setting Media setting Paper feeding priority setting Media type setting [10] .. . No. of copies to be printed Error 4 - least recent Roll media auto cutting setting Drying time setting [11] Pen table setting Auto layout setting pen table 1 Zoom setting pen table 2 Rotation setting pen table 3 Y-mirror setting Layout size setting Table 1-306 1–26 Error display history Error 1 - most recent Margin setting [6] Emulation setting CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 5. Dump mode This machine is provided with a dump test function to print the input data in hexadecimal and ASCII code as an online test. Select "Dump mode" on the system setting menu, and then set the printer online. When data is transferred from the computer in this state, the data is first printed normally. Then, for the data received since data reception started until the EOP timer was actuated, the initial 1k byte is dumped on one A4 sheet, and the last 1k byte is also dumped on an A4 sheet, in hexadecimal ASCII code. The printer returns to the normal printing mode automatically after the dump output is completed. Therefore, to execute a dump again, reselect "Dump mode", and then transfer the file data. CAUTION If data is transferred continuously, the final portion cannot be correctly dumped. To prevent trouble, transfer only one file at a time in the dump mode. 6. Image layout a. Data size recognition standard This machine recognizes the size of data received as follows: (1) PS (Plot size) recognition Uses the size specified in the PS command contained in the data as the size of the data. (2) Min./Max. size recognition (coordinates) Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of vector coordinates actually drawn to determine the data size. (3) Min./Max. size recognition (line width consideration) Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of coordinate values, including the vector line width actually drawn. 1–27 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Min/Max (Line width consideration) Min/Max (Coordinates) PS size Figure 1-306 b. Relation between data size recognition and image processing The printer recognizes the size of the data received and lays it out as listed below. When No PS provided PS provided printing using the Canon printer driver, PS (Plot Size) commands are always provided. Data size recognition Standard size judgment Rotation Layout size Horizontal arrangement Y-mirror scale Panel rotation Nesting PS size Not done Automatic rotation PS size + each side of 5mm Done Done Not done Best Min./Max. coordinates Done Automatic rotation Judged standard size Not done Done Not done Media save Min./Max. Not done line width consideration Automatic rotation Min./Max. + each Not done side of 5mm Done Not done Off PS size Not done Follow the set value PS size + each side of 5mm Not done Done Done Nesting Min./max. coordinates Done Automatic rotation Judged standard size Done Done Not done Best Min./max. coordinates Done Automatic rotation Judged standard size Not done Done Not done Media save Min./Max. Not done line width consideration Automatic rotation Min./max. + each Not done side of 5mm Done Not done Off Follow the set value Max. + each side of 5mm Done Done Max Not done Table 1-307 1–28 Not done CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION D. Basic Operation 1) Turn the power switch ON. • The power lamp is lit and the initialization process beings. • The initialization completes in about 20 seconds. 2) Make menu settings according to the • When the paper inserted below the pinch roller unit is detected by the PE sensor, the suction fan runs and the paper is sucked to the platen. • If the printer does not start within about 1 minute after the suction fan operates, the fan stops. computer and application software to be b. In the case of roll media: used. • Press the online key to cause the menu selection screen to appear, select a menu with the right and left arrow keys, and go to the parameter menu with the down arrow key. Select parameters with the right and left arrow keys. Enter each selection with the Enter key. [1] Lower the paper release lever. [2] Keeping the roll media tight (no slack), pull it out straight onto the platen from the back side of the printer. [3] Raise the paper release lever so that the roll media is fed in parallel with the paper matching line. 3) Open the front cover. PE sensor 4) Load paper into the printer. a. In the case of cut sheets: [1] Lower the paper release lever. [2] With the printed surface of the paper upward, match the paper edge Paper matching line to the inside of the paper matching line, and raise the paper release lever. Print media Paper matching line PE sensor Figure 1-308 Paper matching line Print media Figure 1-307 1–29 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION CAUTION CAUTION • If the roll media is forcibly aligned to After printing, take care not to touch the the paper matching line on the platen, ink with wet hands. skewed feeding may result. When the printer is not to be used for a • Keeping the roll media in parallel to paper matching line, pull it out straight. • When loading the paper, take care not to touch the printed area. Fingerprints can keep the print ink from soaking in to the paper, causing uneven print density. 5) Close the front cover. 6) Press the up or down arrow key to load the paper. • The printer detects the paper size and feeds the paper to the printing start position. • After completion of loading, the printer enters the online state. REFERENCE If the paper loads crooked or jams, press any key on the operation panel to stop the loading process. 7) File data is transferred from the computer in the online state and printing is started. • To stop printing, press the online key to enter the pause state. 8) After completion of printing, remove the paper. 1–30 long time, raise the paper release lever to keep the pinch roller being pressed. CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever When printing, depending on the print media used or its thickness, the paper may become wavy, causing it to rub the head. To prevent this, the distance between the head and platen can be adjusted in 3 stages Paper thickness adjustment lever using the paper thickness adjustment lever. 1) Press the left or right arrow key in the Figure 1-309 offline or pause state. • The carriage moves to the cartridge replacement position. 2) Open the front cover. 3) Move the paper thickness adjustment lever to adjust the head-to-platen distance. : Standard position : Set to this position when printing high-density graphics. (graphic position) : Set to this position if the paper still rubs the head after being set to the graphic position. 4) Close the front cover. • The carriage returns to the home position. CAUTION • Better print quality can be obtained by narrowing the head-to-platen distance. Place the paper thickness adjustment lever in standard position except when the paper rubs the head. REFERENCE After moving the paper thickness adjustment lever, carry out the "Auto adjust" of the "Adjustment" menu. 1–31 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT The printer is provided with a mechanism Electrode to detect the ink remaining in the ink tank. When the tank becomes empty, the ink head Head state indication on the message display Figure 1-401 becomes “ - ” (hyphen). When no ink remains, replace the ink tank. If no ink is discharged even though there is enough ink in the tank, check the BJ print head, referring to Chapter 5, V. “CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECT”. If ink is still not discharged, replace the BJ print head. 1) Press the right and left keys in the offline or pause state to move the carriage to the cartridge replacement position. 2) Open the front cover. 3) Remove the ink tank from the BJ print head to be replaced. 4) Push the release hook of the BJ print head A. Replacing the BJ Print head to be replaced and remove the BJ print head. CAUTION • When handling the BJ print head, take care not to touch the head on electrodes. • Replace the BJ print head only at the cartridge replacement position. Figure 1-402 5) Unpack a new BJ print head. 1–32 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6) Remove the protection cap and protection seal. Protective cap 8) Pressing as shown in figure1-405, install the BJ print head in the carriage. Protective seal Figure 1-403 CAUTION Figure 1-405 Take care not to touch the BJ print head and carriage electrodes. 9) Remove the dummy ink tank. Do not reuse the protective cap and protective seal. Take care not to bump the head against the platen or carriage. 7) With the head facing down, insert the BJ print head into the carriage. Figure 1-406 10) Install the real ink tank. 11) Close the front cover. • The carriage returns to the home position and head cleaning is carried out. Figure 1-404 1–33 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION B. Replacing the Ink Tank 5) Twist the protective cap of the ink tank in the direction of the arrow mark and re- CAUTION move it. Replace the ink tank only at the cartridge replacement position. 1) Press the right and left keys in the offline or pause state to move the carriage to the cartridge replacement position. 2) Open the front cover. Figure 1-409 3) Press the ink tank release hook and remove the ink tank. CAUTION Do not touch the ink tank outlet. Outlet Figure 1-407 4) Unpack the new ink tank, and remove the protective seal from the ink tank. Figure 1-408 1–34 Figure 1-410 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6) Install the ink tank. Figure 1-411 CAUTION • Push the ink tank in until it clicks. 7) Close the front cover. • The carriage returns to the home position and head cleaning is carried out. 1–35 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION V. SIMM REPLACEMENT A. About SIMM The printer's memory can be increased. If the memory available is not sufficient for the CAUTION • When handling SIMMs, be careful to avoid static electricity discharge. • Before installing the SIMM, be sure to turn off the printer power. • Install the SIMMs using the correct procedure. print data, the memory capacity of the printer can be expanded by installing new (or large) B. SIMM Installation SIMMs. 1) Using the installation tools supplied with Proper installation of SIMMs can be confirmed by selecting "Information" of printer, remove the 4 screws [1], and remove the cover plate [2]. "System setting" of the main menu. The following message will be displayed: Memory [2] XX+8 MB where, "XX" indicates the memory capac- [1] ity of any installed SIMMs. • SIMM type Use SIMMs with the following specifications: Capacity: 4, 8, 16, or 32 MB No. of pins: 72 Figure 1-501 2) Holding both ends of the SIMM with it Access speed: 60ns or faster centered in the expansion slot, insert it FPM (high speed page mode) compatible from the right. No parity EDO memory can be also used but it is operated as FPM memory. Two SIMMs can be added, so that the memory capacity can be increased by up to 72MB, with the standard memory. Figure 1-502 1–36 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 3) With the edge of the SIMM in the slot, roll the SIMM to the left until the hooks C. SIMM Removal 1) Using the installation tools supplied with [3] at both ends of the slot click into the the printer, remove the 4 screws [1] and holes at both ends of the SIMM. the cover plate [2]. [2] [3] [1] Figure 1-503 Figure 1-504 4) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the 4 screws [1]. 2) Gently pull back the two hooks [3] at each end of the SIMM. Roll the SIMM to REFERENCE • When only one SIMM is used, it must the right and remove it. be installed in the left slot (SIM601). • When adding two SIMMs, it is easiest to install the first one into the left slot (SIM601). [3] Figure 1-505 3) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the 4 screws [1]. 1–37 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING When handling the printer, pay attention Electrodes to the following points. A. Cartridges Head 1. Cautions on handling the BJ print Figure 1-601 head 2. Cautions on handling ink tanks • Do not touch the head surface, or wipe with cloth or paper. • Do not touch the electrodes. • Do not touch the outlet. • Do not remove the ink tank from the BJ • Do not bump the BJ print head. print head except when replacing the ink • When removing the BJ print head, do tank. not lay its face downward. • Do not leave the BJ print head out of the printer for a long time. • To avoid ink spillage, do not shake the BJ print head after removing the protective seal. • Only unpack a new ink tank immediately before replacement. • After uncapping, install the ink tank immediately into the BJ Print head. • Do not disassemble or modify the ink tank. • Do not remove the BJ print head from thie printer except when replacing it or disassembling the main unit. • Only unpack a new BJ print head immediately before replacing an old one. • Do not disassemble or modify the BJ print head. 1–38 Outlet Figure 1-602 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION B. Paper Storage Environment • Store the paper in wrapping paper, in a D. After Printing • Since the ink may still be wet, do not place free from high humidity and direct touch it immediatly after printing. If the sun light. ink is not completely dry, ink may be • Store the paper horizontally to prevent it from being damaged. • Store the paper under a relative humidity of 35 to 65%. If this requirement is not met in the environment where the smudged, or if stored on top of another sheet, the backside of the paper may be stained, or attached to the another. • As the ink is water-based, do not touch printed sheets with wet hands. printer is used, remove the paper from its package and keep it near the printer for a while to acclimatize it. C. Paper • Use paper that is not curled, folded or wrinkled. • For handling the paper, be careful not to curl it or damage the printing side, hold the paper only at the ends, outside of the printed area, to prevent oil or moisture transferring from your hands to the paper, or wear cotton gloves. • Take out each sheet from the wrapping paper immediately before using it. 1–39 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION VII. USER MAINTENANCE 1) Pinch roller/Paper feed roller A. Head Cleaning or A0 size) and feed the paper manually The printer has a head cleaning function Load plain paper of the maximum width which can be printed by your printer (A1 size several times to remove any ink. to maintain image quality. With the BJ printing method, air bubbles may accumulate in the nozzles of the head, or, if the ink viscosity at the nozzle end 2) Platen With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the platen, and then wipe it with a dry cloth. increases, a nozzle may become plugged, resulting in white streaks on the image. In such a case, the user should execute the "Head cleaning" in the main menu to clean the head. CAUTION Repeated head cleaning will consume Figure 1-701 excessive ink. Explain to the user that head cleaning should only be performed when defective images occur. 3) Paper stacker (stand) With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the paper stacker and then wipe it with a dry cloth. B. Normal Cleaning Instruct the user to clean the following places every month, or as needed. CAUTION The seam-side of the paper stacker should face outward. CAUTION Caution the user to take care not to allow the cleaning cloth or swab to touch the paper feed roller and pinch roller when cleaning. 1–40 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT Avoid the following when choosing a location for the printer. • Locations where there might be alcohol, thinner, etc. nearby. • Places where temperature or humidity fluctuates often. • Air from an air conditioning system or • Places with a large amount of dust electric fan directly blowing on the • Unstable location machine. • Uneven floor Be cautious about the following when installing the machine. • Non-horizontal surface • Direct sun light (use curtains if placed • Adjust the media so as not to touch the floor, to prevent it from picking up dust nearby a window). • Low temperature and humidity or high or dirt. Explain to the client that the temperature and humidity (temperature floor near the printer should be cleaned should be in the range of 15 - 30°C and carefully. the humidity 20 - 80%. Particularly avoid locations near water taps, water heaters, humidifiers and refrigerators.) • The stand rollers should all sit flat on the floor. • Provide a properly grounded electrical connection. ;;; ;;; Secure sufficient space for maintenance and inspection, as illustrated below. Figure 1-801 800mm 1405mm 600mm 600mm 600mm 1170mm 1–41 CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION The package configuration of the printer when shipped from the factory is shown in the figure below. [1] Printer [2] Spindle/Roll media stopper [3] BJ print heads (black, cyan, magenta, yellow) [2] [3] [4] [1] Figure 1-901 1–42 [4] Accessory box CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER Clip Linear scale Carriage belt When transporting the printer by truck etc., or moving the printer, follow the procedures below. CAUTION • Pack the printer in the original box. If the original box is not avaiable, pack the machine with sufficient shock absorbing material. • Remove all cables. Figure 1-1001 • Do not remove the BJ cartridges. 1) Turn off the power switch and disconnect the power cord and interface cable. 2) Open the front cover and make sure the CAUTION Take care not to damage the carriage belt and linear scale. carriage is at the home position. If not, move it to the right end by hand. 3) Fold a sheet of A1-size paper or A0-size 5) Remove the roll media and spindle. paper twice and insert it between the 6) Fix the front cover closed with tape. pinch rollers. 7) When the optional stand is used, remove 4) Fix the carriage belt at the center of the platen by holding it with a clip as shown in Figure 1-1001, so as not to allow the carriage to move. the printer from the stand and disassemble the stand. 8) Pack the printer, stand, roll media and spindle carefully before transportation. CAUTION Be careful not to incline or turn the machine upside down when transporting it since waste ink may leak out. 1–43 CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1 A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1 B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2 C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10 E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12 F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15 II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22 B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24 C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26 D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28 E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34 F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35 G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38 III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39 A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39 B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43 IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46 B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51 C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52 D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56 V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57 B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58 C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60 VI. FAN.................................................................. 2-63 VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65 A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65 B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66 C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION I. Basic operation A. Functional Configuration The printer functional diagram is composed of 5 blocks; image processing/control system, carriage, BJ cartridge unit, purge unit and feeder unit. Image processing/control system Carriage Engine controller Image controller External interface BJ cartridge unit Purge unit Feeder unit Figure 2-101 2–1 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B. Interface Input/Output 1. Parallel interface The parallel interface conforms to IEEE1284-B and is applicable to the compatible mode and nibble mode (2-way interface). a. Input/output signal and pin assignment Pin Signal No. Compatible Nibble 1 Strobe HostClk Signal direction (PC to the printer) Pin Signal No. Compatible Nibble 19 GND 2 Data 1 20 GND 3 Data 2 21 GND 4 Data 3 22 GND 5 Data 4 23 GND 6 Data 5 24 GND 7 Data 6 25 GND 8 Data 7 26 GND 9 Data 8 27 GND 10 Ack PtrClk 28 GND 11 Busy PtrBusy 29 GND 12 Perror AckDataReq 30 GND 13 Select Xflag 31 Init 14 AutoFd HostBusy 32 Fault DataAvail 15 Not used 33 GND 16 GND 34 Not used 17 GND 35 Peripheral Logic High 18 Peripheral Logic High 36 Table 2-101 2–2 Selectin IEEE1284active Signal direction (PC to the printer) CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION b. Compatible mode The compatible mode is applicable to cases as shown below. The compatible mode can be switched by changing the BUSY and ACKNLG timing in the Centro timing setting mode. • A - B(Defaut) [Ack-in-Busy] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG 4080ns • A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG 3264ns 3264ns 3264ns 3264ns • B - A [Ack-after-Busy] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG • A - B(Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)] DATA1-8 STROBE BUSY ACKNLG 1200ns Figure 2-102 2–3 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION Data is transferred 8 bits at a time in the compatible mode. The data is transferred by handshaking the STROBE, ACKNLG, and BUSY signals. The computer sets 8 bits of data and outputs the STROBE signal to the printer. The printer receives the data with the STROBE signal and responds by setting the BUSY signal to "H". When data processing has been completed, the printer outputs the ACKNLG signal to notify the computer that the data has been accepted. When data reception is possible, it sets the BUSY signal to "L". The Perror signal becomes "H" to indicate a warning or error in the printer. The Select signal becomes "H" to indicate that the printer is in a printing mode (online, printing, warning ON, etc.) and "L" when in a non-printing mode (offline, in pause, error ON, etc.) 2–4 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION c. Nibble mode In the nibble mode, 8-bit data is transmitted from the printer to the computer in two pieces, 4 bits at a time. When data transmission is possible, the printer sets the DataAvail signal to "L" and the computer sets the HostBusy signal to "L" to indicate that data can be received. The printer confirms the fall of the HostBusy signal, places the low-order 4 bits of data on the 4 control signal lines, and sets the PtrClk signal to "L". The computer accepts the data and changes the HostBusy signal to "H" indicating that the data has been received. The printer issues the PtrClk signal and the first handshaking is completed. The printer confirms the second fall of the HostBusy signal and outputs the high-order 4 bits to the control signal lines. The computer accepts the data in the same way as before. When the HostBusy signal goes active and there is no more data to be transmitted to the computer, the DataAvail signal is set to "H" and the next data transfer is awaited in the stand-by status. 1284Active High AckDataReq Bit2 Bit6 HostBusy HostClk PtrClk PtrBusy Holding the status Bit3 Bit7 DataAvail Data Available Bit0 Bit4 Xflag Nibble Mode Support Bit1 Bit5 Figure 2-103 2–5 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2. Serial interface The serial interface conforms to RS-232C. The printer side is set up as the DCE (Data Circuit Terminating Equipment) and the computer side as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The serial interface connector is a D-Sub 9-pin female. Table 2-102 shows the connector pin assignment and input/output signals. Pin No. Signal 1 CD 2 RD 3 TD 4 DTR 5 SGND 6 DSR 7 RTS 8 CTS 9 RI Signal direction (PC (DTE) to the printer (DCE) Table 2-102 The computer turns ON the transmission request signal RTS and the printer turns ON the CTS signal if reception is possible. After confirming the CTS signal from the printer, the computer starts transmission of data (TD) to the printer. The printer stores the data from the computer in its buffer and processes the data in succession. However, if the printer processing speed is slower than the computer's, the buffer soon becomes full so that no more data can be stored. When the empty space in the buffer decreases below a specified value, the printer turns OFF the CTS signal. The computer knows that the printer can accept no more data and interrupts transmission. The printer continues processing the data in the buffer. When the empty space in the buffer reaches a specific value, the printer turns ON the CTS signal again to notify the computer that reception is possible. In this way the RS-232C communication is controlled so as not to overflow the printer's buffer. 2–6 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION C. Image Controller Figure 2-104 is a block diagram of the image controller. Image controller Engine controller Communication I/F Y601 14.7MHz [6] Serial controller (U633) [4] SRAM (U628) 8-bit Data bus [5] Timer (U610) [3] DRAM (U602,606, U611,U616) Address bus [1] Serial controller (U632) Address bus External serial interface [2] FIFO (U622) 32-bit Data bus External parallel interface [7] Gate array (U617) Image data I/F(8-bit) Address bus 32-bit data bus 16-bit data bus [8] FLASH ROM (XU601) 32-bit data bus [9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618) 8-bit data bus [10] EEPROM (U619) 8-bit [11] PIO (U629, U634) [14] Timer (U609) [12] CPU (U607) Y601 14.7MHz Y602 33MHz [13] Reset IC (U613) Operation Panel Figure 2-104 2–7 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION Major functions of the ICs on the image controller are as follows. [1] Serial controller (U632) Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Baud rates for receiving image data over the serial interface are 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, and 38400bps. [2] FIFO (U622) This buffer stores the image data temporarily between the parallel interface and CPU (U607). [3] DRAM (U602, U606, U611, U616) 4 RAM chips with a capacity of 2 Mbytes each, connected to the gate array using a 32-bit data bus, and used as follows. • Storage area for the CMYK bitmap data created by the CPU (U607) for the banding process. • CPU system processing work area. [4] SRAM (U628) 32 Kbyte memory used to store the raster slice converted image data until a transmission request is received from the engine controller. 2–8 [5] Timer (U610) Uses the by external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Functions as a baud rate clock for the serial controllers. (U632, U633) [6] Serial controller (U633) Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Intermediary between the gate array (U617) and engine controller. [7] Gate array (U617) Major functions are as follows. • DRAM control • Raster slice conversion of the image data in the DRAM after banding processing, to slice data to the width of the BJ cartridge • Address decode • 8-bit parallel output of image data to the engine controller • Controls the compatible and nibble mode latch timing for image data transfer from the computer. CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION [8] FLASH ROM (XU601) 1 Mbyte boot ROM used to initialize the CPU at power ON. Stores the downloaded program. [14]Timer (U609) Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz divided by 2. Functions as a timer for : • DRAM refresh timing [9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618) 1 Mbyte ROMs used to store the program for the image controller. The following functions are also provided. • Communication with the engine controller • System operation of the image controller • Interface analysis • Operation panel control • Generation of test pattern [10] EEPROM (U619) 32Kbyte ROM used to store information on the printer and the values set using the operation panel. [11] PIO (U634) Intermediary between the CPU (U607) and operation panel input/output port. [12] CPU (U607) Uses the external 33 MHz clock. Major functions are as follows. • Controls the image controller • Vector raster conversion • Raster/raster conversion • Controls communication with the engine controller [13] Reset IC (U613) Resets the CPU (U607) at power ON. 2–9 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION D. Engine Controller Figure 2-105 is a block diagram of the engine controller. The printer is controlled mainly by the CPU (U221), which is run by the 16MHz external clock. Engine controller Y202 16MHz [1] CPU (U221) Command communication I/F [6] Reset IC (U227) Address bus Image controller Data bus [2] Sub-CPU (U202) [10] Paper feed motor driver (U233) Paper feed motor [3] DRAM (U216) [4] FLASH ROM (U219) [5] EEPROM (U218) [9] Gate array (U204) [11] Carriage motor driver (U232) [7] Gate array (U208) Carriage motor [8] Gate array (U212) Data bus Image data I/F (8-bit) LED light control circuit Image data control communication I/F [12] Purge motor driver (U234) Purge motor BJ cartridges (Bk, C, M, Y) Carriage controller LED Linear encoder Figure 2-105 2–10 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION Major functions of the ICs on the engine controller are as follows. [1] CPU (U221) Connected to the DRAM (U216), FLASH ROM (U219), EEPROM (U218) and gate array (U204, U212) via the address bus and data bus. Run by the 16MHz external clock. Major functions are as follows. • Command communication with the image controller • Fan motor output port [2] Sub-CPU (U202) Connected to the CPU (U221). Major function is to control the paper feed motor and carriage motor. [3] DRAM (U216) 2-Mbyte work area used to store temporary CPU data. [7] Gate array (U208) Provided with an 8-bit parallel input port for the image data from the image controller. Processes the image data before sending it to the gate array (U212). Also processes the internal print data. [8] Gate array (U212) • Image data transfer control for the image controller • Conversion of image data • Input ports for sensors, switchs, etc. • Carriage position control using the linear encoder • Media sensor lamp signal output • Solenoid output port • Purge motor control [9] Gate array (U204) Operated by a clock from the CPU (U221). Generates head drive pulse signals. [4] FLASH ROM (U219) 500-Kbyte ROM containing the control program. [5] EEPROM (U218) 8-Kbyte ROM used to store timer suction, dot count, waste ink count and other data. [10] Paper feed motor driver (U233) Generates paper feed motor drive signal. [11] Carriage motor driver (U232) Generates carriage motor drive signal. [12] Purge motor driver (U234) Generates purge motor drive signal. [6] Reset IC (U227) Detects the voltage supplied to the engine controller at power ON or power interruption, and resets the CPU (U221). 2–11 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION E. Engine controller Input/Output 1. Engine controller input/output (1/3) Engine controller SW2 J8 -1 -2 -2 -1 J211 -1 DOOR_IN -2 J2 -1 -2 J1 -1 -8 J212 -1 -2 -2 -7 -2 SOL_CONT* When "0", SL1 turns on. PS1 -1 -2 -3 -5 -4 -3 -4 -5 -6 +5V -5 -4 PURHP_IN When the guide roller is -3 at home position, "1". PS2 -1 -2 -3 -8 -7 -6 -1 -2 -3 +5V -8 -7 CRGHP_IN When the carriage is at -6 home position, "1". Front cover switch Wiper solenoid Pump position sensor Home position sensor Remaining ink sensor Ink tank sensor PE senser -2 -1 SL1 -1 J11 -1 -4 -2 -3 -4 -1 -3 -2 PS3 PS4 -1 -2 -3 PS6 -1 -2 -3 J10 -3 -1 -2 -2 -1 -3 2–12 +26V J213 +5V -5 -6 INKCONN* -8 INK1_IN* -7 +5V -11 -10 TANK -9 J214 +5V -3 -2 MEDIA_IN* -1 Figure 2-106 When the front cover is opened, "1". When "0", PS3 turns on. When there is no ink in the ink chamber, "0". When no ink tank is installed, "1". When PS6 has detected paper, "0". CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2. Engine controller input/output (2/3) Engine controller Paper feed motor Carriage motor Purge motor M1 J203 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 J201 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 M2 M3 FM1 Suction fan FM2 Cooling fan J12 -1 -1 -2 -2 -3 -3 -4 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6 +26V XA XAN XB XBN See the section on the "Paper feed Motor" (P. 2-58). +26V YA YAN YB YBN See the section on the "Carriage Motor" (P. 2-24). J9 -1 -1 -2 -2 -3 -3 -4 -4 -5 -5 -6 -6 J202 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 J5 -1 -1 -2 -2 J204 +26V -1 -2 FAN_CONT When "1", FM1 rotates. PG_OUT1 PG_OUT2 PG_OUT3 PG_OUT4 PPOW_CONL PPOW_CONL Rotation control signal When "0", M3 rotates. J206 +26V -2 -3 FAN_CONT When "1", FM2 rotates. -1 FANSTS During rotation, "1". Figure 2-107 2–13 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 3. Engine controller input/output (3/3) Engine controller Carriage controller J503 BJ cartridge (Bk) Bk J504 BJ cartridge (C) J501 J208 J502 J207 C J505 BJ cartridge (M) M J506 BJ cartridge (Y) Linear sensor Y PS8 -3 -1 -4 -5 J509 -3 -4 -2 -1 J510 -6 PS9 Media sensor TH1 -4 -8 -7 -5 -3 -2 +5V J502 J207 -8 LSA -33 -9 LSB -32 +26V +5V See"Media sensor" J502 J207 LEDB (page 2-28). LEDR REGOUT POUT -37 THERM_IN -4 Internal temperature -1 signal from thermistor Figure 2-108 2–14 Rectanguler wave with phase difference of 90˚ input at the time of carriage movement. CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION F. Summary of Operation 1. When the power switch is turned ON AC connection Power switch (SW1) ON Software initial check Normal? • CPU initialization • ROM/RAM check • EEPROM check No Error indication •E011xx •E012xx •E051xx Yes BJ print head presence detection Normal? • Presence of BJ print head • Head rank measurement No Error indication If there is no BJ print head, color (C, M, Y) warning and black (Bk) error are indicated. Yes •E004xx •W004xx Front cover open/close detection Closed? No Message indication Yes Close the front cover A 2–15 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION A Initial operation Normal? • Linear encoder check • Home position detection • Pump position detection • Ink tank presence detection • Remaining ink detection • BJ print head reference position detection No Error indication •E003xx •E005xx •E007xx Yes Purge unit operation Normal? • Carry out only if the carriage is not at the home position when the power switch is turned ON. No Error indication •E003xx •E005xx •E007xx Yes Media presence detection Present? No Message indication Yes Load the media Normal? Yes Online 2–16 • See page 2-30 for details. No Error indication •E001xx •E003xx •E008xx •E015xx Offline CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2. When media is loaded Set media Media presence detection Present? No Message indication Yes Suction fan (FM1) Cooling fan (FM2) Rotation Normal? • Always detect while the fan is rotating. • Rotates for 60 sec. after detection of media. No Set media. Error indication •E01501 Yes Front cover open/close detection Closed? No Message indication Yes Close the front cover. Press the up or down arrow key. Load the media Normal? Yes Online • See page 2-30 for details. No Error indication •E001xx •E003xx •E008xx •E015xx 2–17 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 3. Printing Data reception Check communication condition Normal? No Error indication •E052xx •E053xx Yes Front cover open/close detection Closed? No Message indication Yes Close the front cover. Media presence detection Present? No Message indication Yes Load the media Normal? Yes A 2–18 • See page 2-30 for details. No Set media. Error indication •E001xx •E003xx •E008xx •E015xx CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION A Checking the time having been left Less than 72 hours from the previous purging? No Purge action • See page 2-48, 49, 50 for details. Yes Normal? Yes Suction fan (FM1) Cooling fan (FM2) Rotation Normal? No Error indication •E005xx • Always detected when rotating No Error indication •E01501 Yes Data analysis Normal? Yes No Warning indication •W060xx •W061xx •W062xx •W063xx •W064xx •W065xx •W067xx B 2–19 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B Printing started Check print head Normal? • Always detected while printing No Error indication •E004xx •W004xx Yes End of printing Cut sheet media? No Cutting operation • See page 2-38 for details. Yes Normal? Yes Feed the media to the printing end position. Move the carriage to the home position Suction fan (FM1) and cooling fan (FM2) stopped. Offline 2–20 Online No Error indication •E008xx CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2–21 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION II. CARRIAGE UNIT A. Outline Figure 2-201 shows the composition of the carriage and its driving components. The driving force from the carriage motor (M2) is transmitted to the carriage through the carriage belt , causing the carriage to move back and forth over the paper. The distance it moves is controlled by counting the number of pulses of the signal transmitted from the engine controller to the carriage motor. The print signal from the engine controller is transmitted to the BJ print head mounted to the carriage, via the carriage controller. [2] [1] [3] [11] [4] [10] [5] [6] [9] [8] [7] Figure 2-201 2–22 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION No. Name Function [1] Linear scale Reference of printing position and print timing. [2] Carriage motor (M2) Moves the carriage back and forth. [3] Home position sensor (PS2) * Detects the home position. [4] Remaining ink sensor (PS3) * Detects the ink level remaining in the ink tank. [5] Ink tank sensor (PS4) * Detects presence of ink tank. [6] Carriage Four BJ cartridges are mounted on the carriage and move back and forth by the driving force from the carriage motor (M2). [7] Paper thickness adjustment lever Selects one of 3 distances between the head and platen. [8] Cutter Rises and lowers according to the movement of the carriage, cutting the roll media. [9] Media sensor (PS9) Detects ink dot position when adjusting the print position alignment. Also detects internal temperature with a built-in thermistor. [10] Carriage belt Transmits the driving force of the carriage motor (M2) to the carriage. [11] Carriage controller Relays the print signals issued from the engine controller to the BJ print head. Conducts serial communication with the engine controller using the 4-bit slave CPU, and sends the internal temperature, head temperature and head rank information to the engine controller. * These sensors compose the purge unit. Table 2-201 2–23 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B. Carriage Motor Control 1. Outline The carriage motor (M2) of this machine is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the back and forth movement of the carriage. The carriage motor (M2) is controlled by the engine controller, the main functions of which are shown below. Figure 2-202 is a block diagram of the carriage motor control circuit. [1] Carriage motor ON/OFF control [2] Carriage motor direction control [3] Carriage motor speed control [4] Carriage motor supply current control +26V Engine controller PCB D/A 1 MTP 9 Current Vref 1 YMA MTP 10 control MTP 11 CPU circuit MTP 12 MTP 13 Vref 2 Carriage motor driver YMAN YMB M2 YMBN MTP 14 Carriage motor MTP 15 Figure 2-202 2. Operation a. ON/OFF control Carriage motor ON/OFF is controlled by the carriage motor driver control signal (MTP12-15) issued by the CPU to the carriage motor driver on the engine controller. When MTP12 - 15 are "0", the carriage motor driver generates motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) and the carriage motor (M2) is rotated by those pulses. On the other hand, when MTP12-15 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the carriage motor (M2) stops rotating. 2–24 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION b. Direction control The output timing of the motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) from the carriage motor driver is changed by the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-15) output from the CPU, to control the direction of the carriage motor (M2). c. Speed control The speed of the carriage motor (M2) is controlled by changing the frequency of the carriage motor current control signals (MTP9-11) and the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP1215) issued by the CPU. d. Supply current control The 2 signals (Vref1, Vref2) output from the current control circuit are controlled by the carriage motor drive control signal (D/A1) output by the CPU, to control the current supplied to the carriage motor (M2) by the carriage motor driver for stopping, holding, low-speed operation and high-speed operation. By changing the carriage motor supply current according to the current condition of the carriage motor (M2), the carriage motor (M2) is smoothly controlled. e. Detection of problems If a heavy load is placed on the carriage for any reason, the pulse signal output from the linear encoder will not be detected within a specified time. The engine controller interprets this as a problem with the carriage motor and stops it. 3. Detection of front cover open/closed As a safety precaution against the front cover being opened while the carriage is operating, a front cover switch (SW2) is provided. When the front cover is opened, the front cover switch is turned OFF, the carriage motor (M2) drive voltage (+26V) is cut off after printing 1 band, and the carriage motor stops. 2–25 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION C. Linear Encoder 1. Outline A linear encoder is installed on the printer to allow checking the carriage operation and adjusting the dot placement position on the paper. When the carriage is returning, after the home position sensor (PS2) turns ON and the carriage has travelled an additional 12mm, that position is considered the home position. 2. Structure LSA/LSB 1/360 inch Carriage controller Linear sensor Linear scale Figure 2-203 [1] Linear scale Slits are printed at an interval of about 1/360 inch on a polyethylene telephthalate sheet. [2] Linear sensor Composed of a light emitting diode and photo diode, the sensor reads the slit pattern on the linear scale and outputs a 2-phase rectangular wave. 3. Output signal When the linear sensor moves along the linear scale, the photo diode detects the light coming through the slit pattern and outputs 4 signals (A, A, B, B) to the signal processing circuit. Two comparators output rectangular waves (LSA, LSB) with a phase difference of 90°. 2–26 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION Linear sensor Light sensing unit Light emitting unit Carriage controller J502 +5V -3 Photo Comparator diode Signal processing circuit LED A A B B + Engine controller LSA -4 J214 -8 LSB -2 -9 + Gate array - Lens -1 Linear scale LSA LSA LSB LSB Position When carriage is advancing Position When carriage is retracting Figure 2-204 4. Control The engine controller controls and checks as follows, based on the A and B-phase signals (LSA, LSB). b. Carriage operation The LSA signal has a phase difference of -90° to the LSB signal when the carriage is • Control of ink discharge timing advancing and a phase difference of +90° • Control of carriage operation when the carriage is returning, enabling the • Detection of carriage position engine controller to control the carriage operation and direction. a. Ink discharge timing The LTCLK signal is generated synchronously with the rising edge of the LSA pulse c. Carriage position The carriage position is detected by count- when the carriage advances, and with the ing the LSA rising edges when the carriage is falling edge of the LSA pulse when the advancing and the LSA falling edges when carriage returns, so that the ink dot position the carriage is returning. is properly adjusted on the paper. 2–27 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION D. Media Sensor 1. Outline The printer is provided with a media sensor to detect the width and skew of the paper, the internal temperature, and to enable automatic head adjustment. The media sensor is located on the carriage unit and composed of a red and a blue LED and one reflective photo sensor. When automatically adjusting the head, to detect the cyan line pattern, the red LED is lit, and to detect the black, magenta and yellow line patterns, the blue LED is lit. Engine controller Media sensor Carrriage controller +24V J508 REGLEDR -10 LED lighting circuit (red) J214 -31 D/A-C CPU J214 -32 J214 J214 -37 J508 REGLEDB - 9 LED lighting circuit (blue) J508 -7 THERM_IN J504 -1 LEDR Red Blue J504 -7 LEDB J504 -6 POUT THERME AMP TH1 Figure 2-205 2. Paper width detection When paper is picked up, the blue LED in the media sensor are switched on, and if the reflected light level is insufficient, the red LED also is switched on. The carriage is moved while lighting the proper LEDs (blue, red or both) and the right edge of the paper is detected when the carriage advances and the left edge when returning. The output pulses from the linear encoder are counted from when the carriage leaves the home position until the paper edges are detected, and the paper width is determined from the difference between the counted values at the time of advancing and returning. When the paper width is less than 250.0mm, an error code is displayed on the operation panel. If the right or left edge of the paper is detected as out of the reference position by more than 5mm, an error code (E00162) is indicated. 2–28 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 3. Skew detection By comparing the detected right edge position of the paper after a certain volume of paper has been fed, with the position of the right edge detected during the paper width detection operation, paper skew can be detected. [1] Roll media After the paper width detection, the paper is fed for approximately 300mm to detect skew. Roll media Skew detection 300mm Paper width detection Figure 2-206 [2] Cut sheets After the paper width detection, the paper is reverse fed for approx. 300mm for the first skew detection. The paper is then fed further back, and when the rear edge passes the media sensor, the paper is fed back for approx. 50mm from the leading edge and a second skew detection takes place. However, if the leading edge passes by the media sensor before the paper is fed for approx. 300mm, the paper is returned approx. 50mm from that position, and skew detection is conducted. Cut sheet Paper width detection Approx. 300mm Paper width detection Skew detection 1 Approx. 50mm Skew detection 2 Approx. 50mm Skew detection Figure 2-207 2–29 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION If the skew value is more than the specified amount, the paper is determined to be skewed. The skew value here is the divergence between the paper's right edge at the time of paper width detection and the right edge at the time of skew detection. When paper skew is detected, the printer returns the carriage to the home position and stops operation. Cut sheet loading sequence Roll media loading sequence Loading started Loading started Leading edge detection Leading edge detection* Paper width detection Paper width detection Paper is fed backward approx. 300mm Paper is fed foward approx. 300 mm Skewed feed detection No Paper leading edge detection Yes Skewed feed detection Normal? No Yes Normal? No Loading completed Skewed feed error processed Yes Leading edge detection * For continuous printing of roll paper, this process is performed only when "Cut" in "Auto Cut" is selected. Approx. 50mm of paper from the leading edge is fed Skewed feed detection Normal? No Yes Loading completed Skewed feed error processed Figure 2-208 2–30 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 4. Light compensation The media sensor brightness is automatically compensated for at the time of paper width detection and automatic print position adjustment. The carriage is advanced for approx. 200mm, the light quantity on the paper is compensated for in the order of blue and red, and then the light quantity on the platen is compensated for in the order of blue and red. 5. Auto band adjustment Errors in band placement due to mechanical tolerances of the head nozzles and media feeding system can be automatically corrected. a. Pattern First, 2 ruled lines are printed using 10 nozzles from among 160 nozzles of the BJ print head, from the 4th one from both ends to the 14th one (pattern 1). The interval between the centers of these 2 rule lines corresponds to 144 nozzles. Then, the media is sent ahead for the distance corresponding to 144 nozzles and 3 ruled lines (pattern 2) are printed. The paper feed motor rotates twice for the above process (3200 steps). Finally, the media is again advanced a distance corresponding to 144 nozzles, and one ruled line (pattern 3) is printed. This printing of patterns 1 to 3 is repeated 5 times. b. Measurement and adjustment The interval between ruled lines A and B of pattern 1 is measured, and then the interval between ruled line A of pattern 1 and ruled line A of pattern 2 is measured. The intervals are compared, and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted. Similarly, the interval between ruled lines B and C of pattern 2 and the interval between ruled line B of pattern 2 and ruled line A of the pattern 3 are measured. The intervals are compared and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted. Pattern 1 A Pattern 2 3 nozzles 5 nozzles B A B C A 144 nozzles Pattern 3 5 nozzles 3 nozzles Fig2-209 2–31 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 6. Automatic print position adjustment When cartridges are installed on the carriage, the nozzle positions of the cartridges may be displaced, causing displacement of dots of different colors on the paper. The automatic print position adjustment compensates for this displacement. The head is automatically adjusted vertically (paper feeding) and horizontally (carriage movement) as follows. a. Vertical adjustment (paper feed) The line patterns for 1 band in the horizontal direction are printed in the order of black, cyan, magenta, and yellow as the carriage moves backward and forward. Then black lines for 1 band are printed as the carriage moves backward. This process is repeated 15 times. The distance between the center of the second black line patterns and the center of the color pattern is measured for each of the 15 sets, the average value is calculated, and the calibration value is determined. b. Horizontal adjustment (carriage movement) As before, line patterns in the vertical direction are printed, and the distance between the center values of the black line patterns and color patterns are measured and divided into 29 intervals, the average value is calculated to determine the compensation value. Theoretically the horizontal adjustment is accurate to 1/270 dot. The adjustment covers 6 cases as follows. (1) The tolerances of the carriage drive components can cause the positions of ink dots on the media to shift. The printer detects the shifted value of the black line pattern with medium drops printed as the carriage moves forward with a drive frequency of 7.2kHz, and corrects the standard position where ink is placed. (2) When the carriage moves forward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted. (3) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted. (4) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed with large drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted. (5) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and backward at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the line pattern is adjusted. (6) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and backward at a drive frequency of 14.4kHz and the line pattern is adjusted. 2–32 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION CAUTION Whenever a BJ print head is removed and reinstalled, or the head-to-paper gap is adjusted, the automatic print position adjustment must be conducted. Vertical adjustment 15 14 Backforwad printing 13 : Black Forward printing : Cyan 1 : Magenta : Yellow Forward printing Forward printing Backward printing Horizontal adjustment Backward rinting 14.4kHz Black : medium dots 1st printing is forward 2nd printing is backward 7.2kHz Black : medium dots 1st printing is forward 2nd printing is backward Printed backward at 7.2kHz Black: large dots Printed backward at 7.2kHz Black: small dots Printed forward at 7.2kHz Black: small dots Printed forward at 7.2kHz Black : medium dots 29 28 2 1 Figure 2-210 2–33 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION E. Detection of the Ink Tank 1. Outline The printer has an ink tank detection function. When an ink tank is not installed, an error message appears on the message display and the ink and head condition is indicated by a blinking hyphen ("–"). 2. Method of detecting the ink tank The presence of the ink tank is detected by the ink tank detection sensor (PS4) installed on the purge unit when the carriage returns to the home position, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. The ink tank detection sensor uses a reflective type photo sensor. The existence of the ink tank is detected by whether or not light is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank. When the ink tank is installed, light from the sensor is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank and returns to the light receiving unit, causing the ink tank detection signal (TANK) to be "0". When no ink tank is installed, light is not reflected back to the light receiving unit, and the ink tank detection signal (TANK) becomes "1". Figure 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process. Figure 2-211 2–34 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION F. Remaining Ink Detection 1. Outline The printer has a remaining ink detection function. The remaining ink is detected at 2 levels. When the ink in the ink tank chamber is used up, the ink condition on the message display is shown in lower case letters. If the ink in the tank's sponge is used up, when the printing of that page is completed, the ink condition on the message display is indicated by a hyphen ("–"). The ink condition indications are shown in Table 2-202. Display Condition Capital letters Ink is sufficient Lower case letters No ink in ink chamber Hyphen ("–") No ink in chamber and sponge Blinking hyphen No ink tank Table 2-202 2–35 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2. Method of detecting remaining ink The ink remaining in the ink chamber is detected by the remaining ink sensor (PS3) installed on the purge unit, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black when the carriage returns to the home position. The remaining ink sensor (PS3) uses a reflective prism. The light from the sensor is reflected back by the prism in the bottom of the ink tank, and returns to the light receiving unit. When there is ink in the chamber, the light is absorbed by the ink and does not reflect back to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When there is no ink in the chamber, the light is reflected back by the prism to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) changes from "1" to "0". When the ink tank is not installed, there is no prism, the light is not returned to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When the ink in the chamber is exhausted, remaining ink is calculated by counting dots. The number of ink dots discharged from the head are counted by the gate array on the engine controller and the counted value is sent to the CPU for each band. The CPU adds the dot counts sent to it and the number of suction times (number of sucked dots) and the total is stored in the EEPROM. When the total number of ink dots reaches a specified value (the amount of ink held by the sponge), the indication of the ink status on the message display is changed. Fig. 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process. Ink tank detection/remaining ink detection flow chart ink chamber Figure 2-212 2–36 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION Ink tank detection Is there an ink tank? No Error Message indication Yes Remaining ink detection No Ink tank's ink chamber empty? Yes • State indication is displayed in lower-case letters. Dot counting started Dot count (gate array) Counted dot values added (CPU) Counted dot total stored (EEPROM) • The recovded dot count total returns to 0 when the ink tank is replaced. Has the specified volume been consumed based on the dot count total? No Yes No Ink/head status indicated by hyphen Figure 2-213 2–37 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION G. Cutter Unit 1. Outline The Cutter unit is installed on the carriage. 2. Cutting operation When roll media is cut, the carriage advances to the left side of the platen and the As the carriage moves, the cutter lowers, cutter hook is released by the cutter guide at cutting the roll media. The Cutter unit is the left edge of the guide rail. The cutter is moved up and down along the slope of the lowered by its spring. platen to prevent cutting failure, and a paper The carriage cuts the roll media while retainer is provided to cut the paper while returning, and the cutter rises along the cutter compensating its slackness or unevenness. slope on the right side of the guide rail and is To maintain cutting quality, the blade stored there. position can be switched through 5 stages by turning a dial. Cutter unit Cutter release section For safety, the Cutter unit is designed not to be removed from the carriage when the cutter blade is out. REFERENCE Roll media is cut as follows. Cutter • After new roll media is picked up, 80mm is cut to straighten the front edge. • After the roll media is printed, the rear edge is cut. • When the FORCE CUT function is executed, the roll media is cut. Paper Platen Figure 2-214 2–38 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION III. BJ CARTRIDGE A. BJ Cartridge 1. Overview Four colors of BJ cartridges are used in this printer: black (Bk), cyan (C), magenta (M), and yellow (Y). The BJ print head and ink tank are separable for each color. 2. Structure Configuration of the BJ cartridge is shown below. [13] [1] [2] [12] [3] [8] [4] [7] [11] [10] [5] [9] [6] Figure 2-301 2–39 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION No. Name Function [1] Tank packing Seals between the ink tank and ink pipe to prevent leakage. [2] Ink filter Filters the ink to prevent foreign matter from entering the ink passage. [3] Cartridge body A case accommodating and connecting the head unit and ink tank. [4] Ink pipe Passage between ink tank and ink guide [5] Ink guide Passage between the ink pipe and head unit [6] Head packing Seals between the ink guide and BJ head unit to prevent ink from leaking. [7] Wiper cleaner Wipes off ink attached to the wiper. [8] Head unit Accepts ink from the ink guide and discharges ink by the print signal. [9] Head holder A holder to mount the head unit through the ink guide. [10] Tank body A case accommodating the ink sponge [11] Ink supplier Feeds the ink from the ink sponge to the ink pipe under constant pressure [12] Ink sponge Sponge soaked with ink [13] Atmospheric air passage plate A hole and groove on the plate and label stuck to it compose an atmospheric air passage between the inside and outside of the ink tank. It prevents pressure variations in the cartridge, due to ink consumption or environmental conditions, for stable supply of ink to the head unit. Table 2-301 2–40 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 3. BJ print head Ink from the ink sponge is filtered through the mesh-like ink filter and fed to the head unit through the ink pipe of the cartridge body. The ink is then sent to the nozzle through the joint pipe. When head drive current flows to the heater plate in the nozzle, the ink boils in multiple bubbles, which soon become one bubble. The head drive current is stopped before the ink drop leaves the nozzle, but bubbling continues from residual heat in the heater, and ink drops are ejected from the nozzle hole. After the ink drops are ejected from the nozzle, the nozzle is filled with ink again from the ink sponge due to capillary action. REFERENCE The print head uses semiconductor technology, with the heaters and their circuits on a silicon plate. The silicon plate, with these electrical circuits, is bonded to an aluminum plate, which is attached to the plastic cover housing the nozzles. Ultra thin wire connecting section Signal circuit Print board Protective bond for wire connecting section Silicone plate Aluminum base plate Large heater Small heater Bubble jet nozzle The heater power is applied The heater power continues The heater power is shut off The bubble shrinks and an ink drop is formed Ink flow from the ink sponge Ink filter Joint pipe Plastic cover Common ink chamber Ink drops are ejected Face plate (Part of plastic cover) Figure 2-302 2–41 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 4. Nozzle arrangement 160 nozzles are arranged vertically in one line at a spacing of 1/360 in. Nozzle arrangement on the BJ print head is shown below. Nozzle 1 Nozzle 160 Figure 2-303 In the monochrome mode, 1 band is printed at a maximum width of 160 nozzles (approximately 11.3mm) . However, in color mode, 4 BJ print heads are used, and the printer must compensate for variations in discharge due to each printhead installation tolerance and nozzle tolerance. For this reason, though the head is composed of 160 nozzles, one band has a width corresponding to 144 nozzles at the maximum (about 10.2mm), and the particular nozzles used on the printhead of each color are determined each time that “Auto Adjust” of the “Adjustment” menu is executed. 2–42 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B. BJ Print head Drive 1. Construction of electric head unit The figure below is a block diagram of the BJ print head drive control circuit. VH Rank resistance RANK GNDH SUBH Sub-heater X2 ODD EVEN * Heater 1A 1A 1 ODATA Heater 1B 1B Heater 2A 2A 2 HSEL1A HSEL1B HSEL2A Heater 2B 2B Heater 3A 3A 3 HSEL2B HENB1A Heater 3B 3B HENB1B HENB2A HENB2B Heater 5A 5A 5 9A 9 9B 320-bit Tr.Array 160-bitLatch 160bit Shift register 160 Heater 7A 7A 7 Heater 9A Heater 9B 112 112B TA 113A 113 Heater 112B Heater 113A Heater 113B 113B VDD GNDL 159 159B 160A 160 160B IODATA Heater 159B Heater 160A Heater 160B DCLK HSEL1A HSEL1B HSEL2A HSEL2B HENB1A HENB1B HENB2A HENB2B RESET LTCLK DIR BENB0 BENB1 Serial transfer unit 2 4 Decoder 0 1 2 3 DIA Head temperature sensor DIK * Heater A: Large heater Heater B: Small heater Figure 2-304 2–43 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION • 160-bit shift register The serial ODATA signal from the engine controller is converted to parallel image data using the DCLK signal timing. • Sub-heater Head temperature adjusting heater for stable ink efection. The engine controller drives the subheater according to the temperature detected • 160-bit latch Outputs image data transferred from the 160-bit shift register using the LTCLK signal by the head temperature sensor and internal temperature thermistor (TH1) in the media sensor (PS9), and the print mode. timing. • Rank resistance • 2 → 4 decoder BENB0 and BENBI signals are used to create 4 timing signals to heat all heaters. Variation of heater characteristics of each head is classified into 24 ranks. The engine controller reads the resistance values as voltage values at the A/D port of • AND gates These gates combine and outpt the parallel the CPU, in order to provide the best discharge control for each head. image data (IDATA), the timing signals generated from the 2→4 decoder, and the ODD, EVEN, HSEL and HENB signals. • Head temperature sensor Changes in temperature which occur due to the ink flow rate in the nozzles are de- • 320-bit transistor array Supplies power to the heaters, as controlled by the outputs of the AND gates. tected with a diode. The engine controller reads the head temperature sensor output voltage at the A/D port of the CPU and converts it to a digital • Heater-boards 1A - 160B The heaters inside the nozzles are heated temperature for discharge control and over heating protection. when power is supplied. Two types of heaters, large and small, are used in each nozzle. Ink discharge varies depending on the combination of the power supply to the 2 heaters. 2–44 • Serial transfer unit Transmits data in both directions using the data input/output terminal (IODATA). CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2. Print signal The BJ print head is controlled as follows. Approx. 70µs (14.4kHz)/ Approx. 130µs (7.7kHz) LTCLK ODATA 0 1 2 3 4 160 Data transfer to shift register DCLK ODD EVEN BENB 0 1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 1(0) BENB 1 0(1) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 1(0) 0(1) 0(1) HSEL 1A,1B 1(0) 0(1) HSEL 2A,2B 1(0) 0(1) HENB 1A,1B Drive of head divided into 8 Variable pulse width Pre-pulse Main pulse HENB 2A,2B 1 block Figure 2-305 The image data (ODATA) transmitted to the shift register using the DCLK timing is transferred to the latch using the LTCLK timing by the signal from the linear encoder. The BENB0 and BENBI signals are divided into 4 signals by the 2→4 decoder and the nozzles are controlled in 4 groups. The HSEL1 and HSEL 2 signals also control the nozzles in 4 groups. Finally, each block is further divided into 2 by the ODD and EVEN signals and the nozzles are divided into 8 groups. By dividing the head drive in this way, the power supply load is reduced and ink filling delays are prevented. The HENB signals use a pre-pulse to increase the head temperature to a proper value before the main pulse discharges the ink. The pulse widths are varied according to the head rank and head temperature sensor for an even ink discharge rate. These signals are input to the AND gates together with the image data (ODATA) and each heater is driven by the output. The HSEL and HENB signals correspord to heaters large and small. By combining these signals in the various ways, the volume of ink discharged from the nozzles is controlled to form 3 drop sizes as follows: • Large dot: Both large and small heaters are driven. • Middle dot: Only large heater is driven. • Small dot: Only small heater is driven. 2–45 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION IV. PURGE UNIT A. Outline The purge unit provides both a capping function to prevent the head from drying out, and to prevent dust and other foreign substances from attaching, as well as a head cleaning function to maintain the print head's condition. These functions are controlled by the purge motor (M3) and the wiper solenoid (SL1). [2] [1] [3] [4] [5] [11] [10] [9] [8] [7] [6] Figure 2-401 2–46 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION The purge unit is composed of the units below. No. Name Function [1] Wiper Lifts up when the carriage returns and wipes ink off the head surfaces (C, M, Y, Bk). [2] Remaining ink sensor (PS3)* Detects ink remaining in the ink tank. [3] Ink tank sensor (PS4)* Detects presence of ink tank. [4] Caps Press against the heads when capping and purging. The caps are connected to the carriage tube to carry the purged waste ink into the tube. [5] Home position sensor (PS2)* Detects the capping position of the carriage. [6] Purge motor (M3) Rotates the pump roller. [7] Pump home position sensor (PS1) Detects the pump roller capping position. [8] Pump roller Generates suction by squeezing the ink carriage tube. [9] Waste ink carriage tube Carries waste ink to the waste ink absorber unit. [10] Wiper solenoid (SL1) Raises the wiper. [11] Waste ink absorber unit Connected to the waste ink carriage tube. Accumulates waste ink. * Refer to "II. Carriage unit" for details of these sensors. Table 2-401 2–47 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION Purge operation is carried out in the following steps. b. Purge sequence when user cleaning a. Purge sequence when powered ON is executed (Ink consumed: approx. 0.5g) (Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g) Power switch (SW1) ON User cleaning Suction Is carriage at home position? No Uncapping Yes Carriage initial operations Move the carriage to the home position Suction Capping Carriage initial operations Capping Wait for 2 sec. Suction Wiping twice Wiping Maintenance jet Capping Stand-by Uncapping Suction Capping Stand-by 2–48 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION c. Purge sequence when printing (Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g) Data reception A No 72 hours elapsed after the last discharge Printing started Yes Wiping Suction Wiping Uncapping Maintenance jet Maintenance jet Suction Capping Stand by for 2 sec. Printing ended Wipe twice Wiping Maintenance jet Maintenance jet Uncapping Suction Suction Capping Capping Stand-by A 2–49 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION d. Purge sequence at the time of head replacement/ink tank replacement (Ink consumed : approx, 0.65g) Replace the head or ink tank A Suction of appropriate head Uncapping Suction Capping Stand by for about 2 sec. A 2–50 Wiping Maintenance jet Suction Capping Stand-by CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B. Capping Function 1. Outline The carriage of this machine stands by at the home position. Duming this time, the caps of the purge unit are pressed against the BJ print heads to prevent the nozzles from drying out and to keep out dust. 2. Operation When printing is completed, the carriage is returned to the home position and all the caps are lifted and pushed against the head face. The caps are lifted and lowered by the movement of the carriage. Figure 2-402 2–51 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION C. Head Cleaning b. Operation 1. Outline 1) Before starting the printing process, the Head cleaning consists of wiping ink and carriage is moved to the specified position dust from the head face plate, maintenance on the left side of the wiper. The wiper jet to adjust the head conditions, and sucking solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and the wiper up the ink and air bubbles in the nozzles. is lifted up. 2) The carriage is moved in reverse, and ink 2. Wiping attached to the head (Y) surface is wiped a. Outline off. The ink on the wiper is wiped off by When the carriage moves backward the wiper solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and lifts the wiper cleaner installed in the BJ print head. the wiper up and wipes the ink from the head surfaces. Ink attached to the wiper is ab- Carriage moves in backward direction sorbed by the wiper cleaner of the BJ print head. BJ print head Wiper Wiper cleaner Carriage moves in backward direction Figure 2-404 Figure 2-403 2–52 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 3) The carriage continues moving in backward direction, wiping the Y head, M head, C head and Bk head. c. Timing Wiping is conducted under the following conditions. [1] Before printing 4) After wiping the Bk head, the wiper solenoid is turned OFF and the wiper is lowered. Before the printing process is started, the wiping is carried out once. [2] After the suction operations After completion of suction, the caps are 5) The carriage is moved onto the purge unit and carries out the maintenance jet to the caps. released and wiping is carried out once. [3] Dot count wiping The number of dots of ink discharged from each head since the start of printing REFERENCE When the drive frequency is 14.4kHz, only the Bk head is wiped. is counted. When the count for a certain head exceeds the specified value, the head is wiped after the current printing of a band is completed. The count value is cleared to 0 when printing is started and after wiping. 3. Maintenance jet a. Outline Pre-discharge refers to discharging ink onto the cap for the purpose of removing ink which has dried and thickened in the nozzles, preventing the mixing of ink at the head after wiping, or adjusting the condition of the nozzles before starting to print. Maintenance jet uses large dots. 2–53 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION b. Timing Ink is ejected into the caps in the order of the heads (Bk, C, M and Y) under the follow- 4. Suction a. Outline The cap is pressed against the head and ing conditions. the thickened ink and air bubbles in the [1] When printing is to be started nozzles are removed by suction. Just before printing is started, The cap is connected to the waste ink maintenance jet is performed. absorber unit by the waste ink carriage tube. [2] During printing Removed ink is carried to the waste ink The timing of the maintenance jet during absorber unit by vacuum. Each application printing is based on the internal tempera- of suction removes, about 0.2g of ink. ture detected by the thermister in the media sensor. The maintenance jet timer is reset after the maintenance jet is conducted. [3] After wiping After wiping, ink is pre-discharged into b. Operation Suction operation is classified into allcolor suction, color suction and black suction. Suction is effected by rotating the guide the caps. However, when the drive roller, which is driven by the purge motor frequency is 14.4kHz, it is not con- (M3) in the purge unit. ducted. The guide roller position is detected by the pump home position sensor (PS1). The position where the guide roller has rotated 40 degrees from the pump home position is considered to be the guide roller stand- by position. When the guide roller is rotated for capping, the cam starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube at a point 43 degrees from the pump home position. 2–54 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION After the guide roller has rotated 160 de- c. Timing grees, it is stopped for about 2 seconds. The [1] User cleaning 1 waste ink carriage tube which was squeezed The user can perform the cleaning recovers during this period, and suction is operation for all heads. generated, sucking ink from the color head • One suction operation occurs for all nozzles. The guide roller then rotates 223 heads. degrees, where the cam for the black head [2] User cleaning 2 starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube. The user can perform the cleaning After the guide roller has rotated 340 operation for the Bk head. degrees, it is stopped for about 3 seconds, • One suction operation occurs for the while the waste ink carriage tube recovers, sucking ink from the black head nozzles. The guide roller then, rotates to the home position. Bk head. [3] User cleaning 3 When an ink tank is removed and then reinstalled, the user can perform When sucking only color ink, the black ink cap is released, so that no black suction occurs. the cleaning operation for at head. • Three suction operations occur for the corresponding head. [4] Suction for a replaced ink tank After printing is completed, the caps of all When an ink tank is replaced, head the heads are released, and the guide roller is cleaning is conducted. rotated 4 times to move ink that has accumu- • Three suction operations occur for all lated in the waste ink carriage tube to the waste ink absorber unit. heads, color head, or the Bk head. [5] Suction for replaced BJ print head Guide roller When a BJ print head is replaced, head cleaning is conducted. Head Cap Pressurizing cam (for black ink) Waste ink tank M3 • Four suction operations occur for all heads. Carriage tube Pressurizing 70˚ cam (for color ink) 40˚ Actuator Purge position sensor Purge motor Figure 2-405 2–55 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION [6] Suction by timer If 72 hours elapse with no suction operations, head cleaning will be car- D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit 1. Waste ink absorber unit Waste ink is removed from the head ried out in the next standby mode. nozzles by the suction operation, sent to the • One suction operation occurs for the waste ink absorber unit through the waste ink corresponding head. [7] Suction by dot count The number of dots of ink discharged carriage tube by vacuum, and absorbed by the waste ink absorber unit. The waste ink level is measured by count- since the last suction operation is ing dots. When the specified count is ex- counted and stored in the RAM on the ceeded, a warning message indicating a full engine controller. When this dot count waste ink absorber unit is shown on the exceeds the specified value, head clean- message display, and the printer is stopped ing operations are conducted after the after completion of the current printing completion of printing. process. The dot count is cleared to 0 after each suction operation, and when the BJ CAUTION print head is replaced. • After the waste ink absorber unit is • One suction operation occurs for the corresponding head. replaced, the dot count for the waste ink absorber unit should always be cleared in the service mode. • When replacing the engine controller, be sure to follow the procedures on page 5-12, to allow the count stored in the EEPROM to be renewed. 2–56 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION V. FEEDER UNIT A. Outline The paper feed motor (M1) drives the paper feed roller to feed the paper. The existence of paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6). A diagram of the feeder unit is shown below. [2] [3] [1] [4] [1] Paper feed roller [2] Pinch roller unit [3] PE sensor (PS6) [4] Paper feed motor (M1) Figure 2-501 2–57 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B. Paper Feed Motor Control 1. Outline The paper feed motor (M1) is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the rotation of the paper feed roller. The paper feed motor is controlled by the engine controller. Its major functions are shown below. Figure 2-502 is a block diagram of the paper feed motor control circuit. [1] Paper feed motor ON/OFF control [2] Paper feed motor rotation direction control [3] Paper feed motor rotation speed control [4] Paper feed motor supply current control +26V Engine controller D/A 0 Vref 1 MTP 1 Current XMA MTP 2 control circuit Vref 2 MTP 3 CPU MTP 4 Paper feed motor driver XMAN XMB MTP 5 XMBN MTP 6 MTP 7 M1 Paper feed motor Figure 2-502 2. Operation a. ON/OFF control The feed motor is switched ON and OFF by the paper feed motor driver control signal (MTP 4 to 7) issued by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver on the engine controller. When MTP 4 to 7 are "0", the paper feed motor (M1) rotates when the paper feed motor driver generates the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed motor drive control signal (MTP 4 to 7) input from the CPU. When MTP 4 to 7 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the paper feed motor (M1) stops rotating. 2–58 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION b. Control of rotation direction The output timing of the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed motor driver is controlled by the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7) output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver, in order to control the rotation direction of the paper feed motor (M1). c. Control of rotation speed By changing the frequency of the paper feed motor current control signals (MTP 1 to 3) output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver and the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7), the rotation speed of the paper feed motor (M1) is controlled. d. Supply current control By changing the combination of 2 signals (Vref 1, Vref 2) output from the current control circuit by the paper feed motor drive control signal (D/A 0) output from the CPU, the current output from the paper feed motor driver to the paper feed motor is set up for stopping, holding, low speed rotation and high speed rotation. The paper feed motor supply current is changed according to the rotation condition of the paper feed motor for smooth rotation. 2–59 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION C. Feeding Operation 1. Outline Paper feeding is classified into three modes as follows : 3) The carriage is returned to the home position and the paper width is detected. 4) The carriage is advanced to a position about 200mm to the left of the home • Paper loading position, the paper is fed backward, and • Paper feeding during printing the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew • Paper delivery of the paper. By setting paper at the pinch roller and ON LINE pushing the up or down arrow key, the paper Media sensor (PS9) feed motor (M1) rotates and sets up the paper. When data is received and printing is Approx.30mm PE sensor (PS6) started, the paper is fed forward 1 band width at a time. Media sensor (PS9) 2. Loading paper a. Cut sheet 1) When paper is set at the pinch roller and PE sensor (PS6) Figure 2-503 the PE sensor (PS6) detects the paper, the suction fan turns on to suck the paper onto 5) The paper is fed further backward. When the platen, preventing the paper from the paper front end passes by the lifting away from the platen during print- carriage's media sensor (PS9) , the car- ing. riage stops after a switch-back operation. 2) By pressing the up or down arrow key, Before the media sensor detects the paper the carriage advances about 200mm and front edge, the paper length is determined adjustes the light of the media sensor by counting the clock pulses sent to the (PS9). At the same time, the paper feed paper feed motor (M1). motor (M1) is rotated to feed the paper forward about 30mm and detects whether the paper is cut sheet or roll media using Media sensor (PS9) the PE sensor (PS6). Thereafter paper is fed backward and the media trailing edge sensor (PS6) detects the rear edge of the paper. 2–60 PE sensor (PS6) Figure 2-504 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION b. Roll media 1) When the paper is set and the media trailing edge sensor detects the paper, the suction fan operates to suck the paper on REFERENCE • Paper length detection is not conducted for roll media. • After loading the paper, it can be fed to the platen. This prevents the paper from back and forth by pressing the up and lifting away from the platen during print- down arrow keys. ing. • After completion of printing on roll 2) By pressing the upper or down arrow media, the carriage is moved to detect key, the carriage is advanced about the top edge of the paper, to make sure 200mm to adjust the light of the media the cutting operation was successful. sensor (PS9). At the same time, the paper feed motor (M1) is rotated, feeding the paper forward about 30mm. Whether the paper is cut sheet or roll media is detected by the media trailing edge sensor. 3) The carriage is returned to the home position and the paper width is detected. 4) After the carriage is advanced to a position about 200mm to the left of the home position, paper is fed backward and the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew of the paper. Thereafter paper is fed backward. When the paper front edge passes through the media sensor (PS9), the paper feeding stops after switch-back operation. 3. Paper feeding during printing Paper is fed during printing, alternately with the carriage. When print data is received, the paper is fed to the print start position and then the carriage moves to print 1 band. During the printing operation, the paper feed motor (M1) stops. After printing 1 band, the paper feed motor rotates and feeds the paper forward for the next band. While the paper is being fed, the carriage motor (M2) stops. Then the next band is printed. This feeding cycle of stop, rotation and stop of the paper feed motor (M1) is repeated unit the final band is printed. When there is no data to be printed for the next band, the paper is fed to reach the next position for a band containing data. 2–61 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 4. Feeding operation For cut sheets, the paper is fed until the paper rear edge reaches a position 3mm behind the pinch roller, after printing is completed. When roll media is cut, the paper is fed to the position to be cut. When roll media is not cut, the paper is fed to the position where the next printing will start. 5. PE sensor Existence of paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6) installed on the lower right side of the platen. The sensor is a reflective-type photo interruptor. It detects the existence of paper and the rear edge of the paper by the existence of light reflected from the paper. PE sensor (PS6) Figure 2-505 2–62 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION VI. FAN The two fans shown in the figure below function as shown in Table 2-601. FM2 FM1 Figure 2-601 Symbol Name Fan direction Function FM1 Suction fan Suction Pulls the paper onto the platen to prevent it from floating up. FM2 Cooling fan Suction Discharges the heat generated by the DC power supply unit. Table 2-601 2–63 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION • Suction fan (FM1) When the PE sensor detects the paper, the fan drive signal (FAN_CONT) changes to "1" and the suction fan (FM1) runs. The suction fan continues to run constantly while the paper is being transported during the printing operation, to prevent the paper from floating away from the platen. However, if the platen does not carry the media even though the PE sensor detects the media, the suction fan stops after 60 seconds. To carry the paper after the suction fan stops, the printer starts the suction fan again and starts the carriage operation. • Cooling fan (FM2) The cooling fan (FM2) runs at the same time as the suction fan (FM1), discharging the air heated by the DC power supply, to prevent the power supply from overheating. If the cooling fan rotation signal (FANSTS) is not detected while the cooling fan is running, error code "E01501" is indicated on the message display. Engine controller FM1 -1 J204 -1 +26V N F + Suction Fan -2 FM2 Cooling Fan J5 -1 -2 -2 J206 -1 -2 -3 +5V +5V FANSTS +5V FAN_CONT Figure 2-602 2–64 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION VII. POWER SUPPLY A. Power Supply Outline Figure 2-701 is a block diagram which shows the power supply system for the printer. Power switch SW1 AC100 to 240 V +5V +26V +26V +26V +26V +26V DC power supply +26V Engine controller +5V +5V Switch Paper Feed motor Carriage motor Purge motor Solenoid Fan motor Sensors +5V +24V BJ cartridge +5V +26V Carriage Controller +5V +26V +5V +5V Image controller +5V Media sensor Linear sensor Operation panel Figure 2-701 2–65 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION B. Power Circuit 1. AC power supply By plugging in the power cord and turning C. Power Circuit Protection On the DC power supply, fuse F1 is provided on the primary side as a safety the power switch (SW1) ON, AC power is measure. On the secondary side, overcurrent supplied to the DC power supply PCB. protection and overvoltage protection circuits are provided. 2. DC power supply When the power cord is plugged in and If an overcurrent or overvoltage condition occurs due to a short circuit in the power the power switch (SW1) is turned ON, the line, etc., a protection circuit will actuate to DC power supply rectifies the supplied AC stop all the outputs from the DC power power, decreases the voltage, and smoothes supply. and supplies +26.5V±5% and +5.1V±5% DC power. The carriage controller decreases the voltage of the power supplied from the DC By turning OFF the power switch, waiting for more than 1 minute, and then turning the power switch ON again, the protection circuit is reset and the output is recovered. power supply from +26V to +24V and supplies power to the BJ cartridge. DC power of +24V for driving the head CAUTION • Before recovering the output, be (VH), +5V (HV5) for the HEAT signal, and sure to remove the cause of the prob- +5V (R5V) for the rank signal are supplied to lem in the protective circuit. the BJ cartridge. The output is controlled by the engine controller. • If the load is short-circuited often, or short circuit and recovery are repeated, the fuse incorporated in the DC power supply may blow. 2–66 CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION 2–67 CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1 1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2 2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts .................................................... 3-3 PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5 I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7 A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7 II. III. IV. V. VI. B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9 C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10 CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13 PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21 FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24 DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28 ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY The disassembly and assembly list for the main parts and the related outlines are shown here. The outlines give the procedures for removing the main parts from the main unit. However, the directions for removing the connectors and the disassembly procedures for other parts are omitted. For the precautions on disassembly and assembly and detailed information on each procedure, please refer to page 3-5. 3–1 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 1. List of Main Parts Disassembly and assembly of : • operation panel • right cover • lower cover • upper cover • front cover • front cover switch • purge unit • waste-ink absorber unit • pinch roller unit • platen • PE sensor • suction fan • paper feed roller • paper feed motor • carriage motor • carriage unit • carriage belt • linear scale • image controller • engine controller • PCB box • cooling fan • power switch • DC power source • flexible cable 3–2 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts Main Unit Left cover (3) Operation panel Cover plate (4) Right cover (3) Image controller (12) Engine controller (5) Right cover stay plate (4) Mount plate (5) Purge unit (3) Cooling fan (2) Front cover switch PCB box (7) Idler roller Left frame plate (7) Carriage motor (4) Lower cover (6) Front cover Upper cover (8) Idler roller holder rack (2) Waste-ink absorber unit (4) Power switch section (2) DC power source (4) Carriage unit Paper release lever (2) Carriage belt Pinch roller unit (14 or 8) Linear scale Flexible cable cover (4) Platen (16 or 10) Noise protection sheet (5) PE sensor (1) Paper feed motor holder (3) Paper feed roller Flexible cable Suction fan (2) Paper feed motor (4) * : The figures written in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws or E rings. 3–3 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3–4 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY 1. Do not loosen or remove screws which are not included in the disassembling procedures in this manual. In particular, never disassemble the points fixed with red screws as shown below. Readjustment is prohibited since they have been adjusted to the optimum position at the factory. Number of red colored screws A0 size model: 59 A1 size model: 45 Front side Rear side Figure 3-001 2. Handle the BJ cartridge with care (See page 1-38). 3. The head and electrode of the BJ Printhead should not be touched. 3–5 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4. When lifting this machine, be sure that 2 people hold it as shown in Figure 3-003. Electrode Head Figure 3-002 Figure 3-003 5. Before carrying out disassembly or reassembly, be sure to turn OFF the power switch and disconnect the power cord and interface cable. 6. You should not normally operate the printer with a component removed. 7. Unless a specific reassembly procedure is given, follow the disassembly procedure in reverse. 8. When reassembling, be careful about the types of screws (shape, length and diameter) and their positions. 9. When moving or disassembling the carriage, be sure to remove the cutter unit. 10. When handling a wiring harness tied with a band, cut off the band if necessary. When reassembling, be sure to tie the harness with a new band at the same position. 11. Ink mist generated during printing may become attached to the platen or purge unit. Be careful that your hands and clothes are not stained by the ink. 12. Ink used in this printer is not harmful, but contains organic solvent. Should it enter the eye, wash it away and consult a doctor. 13. The electronic circuits can be damaged by static electricity from your body. Before removing any circuit board, be sure to first touch a grounded metal part to remove any static charge. Do not touch the end of the short flexible cable. 14. Before replacing the image controller and the engine controller, be sure to store the data following the procedure written in the “Chapter 5 II.C.3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller. (See page 5-11.) 15. After reassembly, be sure to carry out the “Auto Adjust”, “Auto Band-Adj.” of the main menu. 3–6 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 1. Removing the right cover I. EXTERNALS 1) Remove the operation panel (See page 3- A. External Cover 9). 2) Remove 3 screws [1] and take off the [1] right cover [2]. [2] [1] [5] [4] [3] [1] [2] Figure 3-101 [1] Front cover [2] Upper cover (8) [3] Right cover (3) [4] Lower cover (6) [5] Left cover (3) Figure 3-102 2. Removing the upper cover and front cover 1) Remove the right cover and left cover. 2) Remove 2 screws [1] and take off the front cover [2]. [1] Figures in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws. The removal procedures are omitted for those cover which can be removed simply by removing the screws. [2] Figure 3-103 3–7 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3. Removing the lower cover 3) Remove 2 screws [3]. 1) Remove the right cover and left cover [3] (See page 3-7). 2) Open the front cover and lower the paper release lever. 3) Remove 6 set screws [1] and take off the lower cover [2]. [2] Figure 3-104 4) Remove 4 screws [4] and take off the [1] [1] upper cover [5]. [4] [1] [5] Figure 3-106 CAUTION After completion of the work, close the front cover and raise the paper release Figure 3-105 3–8 lever. CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4. Removing the front cover switch B. Operation Panel 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 1. Removing the operation panel 2) Open the front cover. 1) Open the front cover, and holding the 3) Remove 4 screws [1] and take off the green part, move the carriage to the right cover stay plate [2]. center. [1] 2) Unlatch the hooks [1] at 4 positions from the rear side of the right cover and remove the operation panel [2]. [1] [2] [1] [2] Figure 3-107 [1] 4) Disconnect connector [3], unlatch 2 hooks Figure 3-109 [4] and remove the front cover switch [5]. [4] CAUTION Three connectors [3] on the operation panel are connected. Be careful not to pull on the harnesses too hard. [3] [5] Figure 3-108 3–9 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM C. Fan 3) Remove 3 connectors [3] (CN701, CN702, CN704) from the operation panel 1. Removing the cooling fan and take off the operation panel [2]. 1) Remove the image controller (See page 332). [2] 2) Remove the engine controller (See page [3] 3-33). 3) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 4) Open the front cover, and holding the green part, move the carriage to the center. 5) Remove 1 screw [1] and peel off the noise Figure 3-110 CAUTION protection sheet [2]. [2] To prevent the heads from drying out, return the carriage promptly to the capping position upon completion of the work and close the front cover. Figure 3-111 3–10 [1] CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6) Remove 5 set screws [3] and take off the mount plate [4]. 8) Remove 2 screws [6] and take off the cooling fan [7]. [3] [6] [4] [7] Figure 3-114 Figure 3-112 7) Disconnect the connector [5] CAUTION • To prevent the heads from drying out, [5] return the carriage promptly to the capping position upon completion of the work and close the front cover. • When reassembling the cooling fan, be sure to place the fan cord side in upper position to allow the cord to be reached to the connector. Figure 3-113 3–11 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. Removing the suction fan 1) Remove the PE sensor (See page 3-27). 2) Remove 2 screws [1] and remove the suction fan cover [2]. [1] [1] [2] Figure 3-115 3) Disconnect the connector [3] and remove the suction fan [4]. [4] [3] Figure 3-116 3–12 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3) Remove the front cover and upper cover II. CARRIAGE UNIT (See pate 3-7). 4) Holding the green part, move the carriage CAUTION Before disassembling or reassembling to the center, and remove the BJ cartridges. the carriage unit, remove the BJ car- 5) Disconnect 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502) tridge and cutter unit. of the flexible cable on the carriage controller and set the cable to the left. 1. Removing the carriage unit [3] 1) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 2) Unlatch [1] front left hook, and then the remaining 3 hooks, and remove the carriage cover [2]. [2] Figure 3-202 CAUTION [1] [1] The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite core. When removing the flexible cables, be careful not to damage them. Figure 3-201 3–13 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 6) Remove the idler roller holder tension spring [4] and remove the idler roller [5] 8) Remove 7 screws [9] and take off the left frame plate [10]. and idler roller holder [6]. [4] [10] [9] [9] [9] [6] Figure 3-205 [5] Figure 3-203 9) Remove the carriage unit [11] from the left side of the printer. 7) Remove 2 screws [7] and take off the idler roller holder rack [8]. [11] [8] [7] Figure 3-206 CAUTION Figure 3-204 When removing the carriage unit, be careful not to damage or stain the carriage belt and linear scale. 3–14 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM CAUTION 2. Removing the carriage belt When installing the carriage unit, check 1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13). that the linear scale passes through the 2) Remove 2 belt stoppers [1] at the back linear scale sensor. Attach the left frame side of the carriage using a straight blade plate so that the cutter release touches screw driver or the like and remove the the cutter unit set in the carriage. Be carriage belt [2]. careful not to get cut by the cutter edge moving down. Cutter releasing section [1] [1] [2] [2] Left frame plate Figure 3-207 3–15 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3. Installing the carriage belt 1) Matching the belt stopper [1] and carriage belt [2], insert the belt stopper into the CAUTION hole at the back side of the carriage. Install the carriage belt so that the belt 2) Pull the carriage belt in the direction stopper and the carriage belt joint shown in the figure below and check that surfaces are as shown in the figure the belt stopper has been correctly in- below. stalled. NG OK NG [1] [2] Figure 3-209 OK NG Figure 3-208 3–16 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4. Removing the linear scale 1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13). 3) Unlatch the hook [2] and remove the linear scale [3]. 2) Remove the tension spring [1] of the linear scale. [3] [1] [2] Figure 3-211 Figure 3-210 CAUTION When removing the linear scale, be careful not to damage or stain it. 3–17 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 5. Replacing the flexible cable 6) Holding the green part, move the carriage 1) Remove the image controller (See page 3- to the center and remove 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502) of the flexible cable on the 32). 2) Remove the engine controller (See page carriage controller. 3-33). [3] 3) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 4) Remove the front cover and upper cover (See page 3-7). 5) Unlatch the 4 hooks [1] and remove the carriage cover [2]. Figure 3-213 [2] CAUTION The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite core. When removing the flexible [1] [1] Figure 3-212 3–18 cables, be careful not to damage them. CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 7) Peel off the fixing sheet [4] of the ferrite core and remove the ferrite core [5]. 9) Remove 5 screws [9] from the noise protection sheet [8]. [4] [8] [5] [9] Figure 3-216 Figure 3-214 8) Remove 4 screws [6] and take off the 10) Peel off the flexible cable [10] from the flexible guide and remove the ferrite core flexible cable cover [7]. [11]. [6] [7] [11] [10] Figure 3-215 Figure 3-217 CAUTION Remove the double-faced tape completely, leaving no residue on the flexible guide. 3–19 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 11) Fold the new flexible cable as shown in the figure below, and attach double-faced tape to positions [A]. [A] Figure 3-218 12) Stick double-faced tape over the flexible guide and attach the new flexible cable, aligning the mark [B] with the flexible guide edge [12]. [B] [12] Figure 3-219 3–20 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM III. PURGE UNIT 4) Cap the pipe [2] and the end of the waste ink tube [2] using the waste ink tube caps [3]. CAUTION • Do not touch the wiper or caps. • Since waste ink accumulates on the bottom of the purge unit, hold the sides of the purge unit when removing it. • Be careful not to spill the waste ink. [2] 1. Removing the purge unit 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). [3] [2] Figure 3-302 2) Open the front cover, and holding the green part, move the carriage to the center. 3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and disconnect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2]. [3] [1] [2] Figure 3-301 3–21 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 5) Disconnect 4 connectors [4] and remove the wiring harness from the wiring harness 6) Remove 3 screws [5] and take off the purge unit [6]. guide. [5] [6] [4] Figure 3-304 [4] Figure 3-303 3–22 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. Removing the waste ink absorber 5) Remove 2 screws [4]. unit [4] 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and disconnect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2]. [3] Figure 3-307 6) Remove 2 screws [5] and remove the waste ink absorber unit [6]. [2] [1] Figure 3-305 4) Cap the pipe [2] and the waste ink tube with the waste ink tube cap [3]. [6] [5] Figure 3-308 [2] [3] Figure 3-306 [2] CAUTION When replacing the waste-ink absorber unit, be sure to reset the waste-ink counter. (For details, see "Chapter 5 II.C.2 Waste ink counter reset" (P. 5-11).) 3–23 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM CAUTION IV. FEEDER UNIT • When installing the pinch roller shaft, be careful about the position. 1. Removing the pinch roller unit 1) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 2) Raise the paper release lever [1], remove the E ring [2] and remove the paper • Install the pinch roller unit with the screws [A] of the pinch roller facing upward (See Figure 3-403). • When installing the pinch roller unit, release lever. tighten the screws in order from the left one at the back of the main unit (See Figure 3-404). [1] [2] Figure 3-401 3) Remove screws [5] (A0 size model: 14, A1 size model: 8), and remove the pinch roller unit [6]. [5] [5] [6] Figure 3-402 3–24 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. Removing the platen 1) Remove the pinch roller unit (See page 324). 2) Remove the front cover and upper cover (See page 3-7). 3) Remove 2 screw [1] and remove the left [A] stay [2]. [1] [2] Figure 3-403 [5] Figure 3-405 4) Remove screws [3] (A0 size model: 16, A1 size model: 10) and remove the platen [4]. [3] Figure 3-404 [4] Figure 3-406 CAUTION When removing the platen, be careful not to damage the carriage belt and linear scale. 3–25 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3. Installing the platen < A0 size model > 1) Tighten screw [11] ([7] on the A1 size Top view of platen [B] 2) Adjust the platen position so that the screw hole [1] is aligned with the platen [14] [12] [10] [8] [6] [4] [2] [16] [13] [11] [9] [7] [5] [3] [1] hole and fix screw [1]. 3) Fasten the screws from [2] to [14] ([2] to [15] [8] on the A1 size model) firmly in order. 4) Loosen screws [1] and [2], and lift up the [A] platen once while holding it at positions < A1 size model > [A] and [B] (to eliminate warp). Top view of platen 5) Fix screw [1] . [B] 7) Fix screw [15] and [16] ([9] and [10] on the A1 size model). [8] [6] [4] [2] [10] [9] [7] [5] [3] [1] Home positon side 6) Fix screw [2]. [A] Figure 3-407 CAUTION In order to keep the platen flat, be sure to install the platen using the sequence given above. 3–26 Home positon side model) temporarily. CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4. Removing the paper feed roller 5. Removing the PE sensor 1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 2) Remove the screw [1] and disconnect the 3) Remove the paper feed motor (See page connector [2]. 3) Remove the PE sensor [3]. 3-29). 4) Remove the paper feed roller [1]. [2] [3] [1] [1] Figure 3-408 Figure 3-409 3–27 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34). V. DRIVING UNIT 4) Remove 4 screws [4] and remove the 1. Removing the carriage motor carriage motor [5]. 1) Remove the right cover and left cover (See page 3-7). 2) Remove the idler roller holder tension spring [1], remove the the idler roller [2] [4] and idler roller holder [3] and loosen the [4] carriage belt. [5] [1] Figure 3-502 CAUTION When reassembling, face the carriage [3] [2] Figure 3-501 3–28 motor connector upward. CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. Removing the paper feed motor 5) Remove 3 screws [2] and remove the 1) Remove the purge unit (See page 3-21). motor holder [3] from the bearing. 2) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 3) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 6) Disconnect the connector [4], rotate the paper feed motor unit [5] and remove it. 4) Insert a straight blade screw driver into the hole on the front side of the cabinet, [2] [3] rotate the paper feed motor and loosen 3 set screws [1]. [5] [1] [4] Figure 3-504 7) Remove 4 screws [6] and remove the Figure 3-503 paper feed motor [7]. [6] [7] Figure 3-505 3–29 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3. Installing the paper feed motor 1) Install the paper feed motor on the motor side board, pushing down the front of the paper feed motor in the direction shown in Figure 3-506, and tighten 3 screws [1]. 4. Fastening the paper feed roller set screws a. When the marks are aligned between the set screw positions 1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor side and paper feed roller side. [1] 2) Tighten 2 set screws [1] and [2] close to the marks firmly. 3) Tighten the remaining screw [3] firmly. paper feed motor side [1] Marking Figure 3-506 [3] [2] paper feed roller side CAUTION Figure 3-507 In order to keep the platen flat, be sure to install the paper feed motor as de- CAUTION scribed above. In order to assure paper feeding accuracy, be sure to follow the above sequence. 3–30 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM b. When the marks coincide with the set screw position 1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor side and paper feed roller side. 2) Tighten set screw [1] at the mark slightly. 3) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] slightly. 4) Loosen set screw [1]. 5) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] firmly. 6) Tighten set screw [1] firmly. Sectional view of set screw position [1] Mark [3] [2] Figure 3-508 CAUTION In order to assure the paper feeding accuracy, be sure to observe the above sequence. 3–31 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM VI. ELECTRICAL PART 2) Remove the connector [3] (CN602) and remove 12 screws [4]. 1. Removing the image controller 3) Remove the image controller [5]. [5] CAUTION When replacing the image controller, see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the [4] image controller and engine controller" [4] (P. 5-11).) [3] 1) Remove 4 screws [1] and remove the [4] cover plate [2]. Figure 3-602 [2] [1] Figure 3-601 3–32 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 2. Removing the engine controller CAUTION When replacing the engine controller, see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller" (P. 5-11).) 1) Remove the image controller (See page 332). 2) Remove 12 connectors [1] (J201, J202, J203, J204, J206, J207, J208, J210, J211, J212, J213, J214) and remove 3 screws [2]. 3) Remove 2 stays [3] and 2 washers [4] and remove the engine controller [5]. [2] [4] [3] [2] [1] [1] [1] [2] [1] [1] [5] Figure 3-603 3–33 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 3. Removing the PCB box 5) Remove 7 screws [5]. 1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 2) Remove the engine controller (See page 3-33). 3) Remove the screw [1] and remove the [5] noise protection sheet [2]. [2] [5] [1] [5] Figure 3-606 6) Remove the harness [6] and remove the PCB box [7]. Figure 3-604 [7] 4) Remove 5 screws [3] and remove the mount plate [4]. [3] [6] [4] Figure 3-607 Figure 3-605 3–34 CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM 4. Removing the power switch 5. Removing the DC power supply 1) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34). 1) Remove the power switch. 2) Remove the screw with a crown washer 2) Disconnect the connector and the DC [1] and the 2 screws [2]. power supply [3] after removing 4 screws 3) Disconnect connector [3] and remove the [2]. power switch [4]. [2] [4 ] [3] [2] [3] [1] [2] [1] Figure 3-608 Figure 3-609 3–35 CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1 II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1 III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1 IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2 A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2 B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3 CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING I. Periodic parts replacement The printer contains no parts which require periodic replacement. II. Standard service life of consumables The printer contains no parts which require replacement. III. Periodic service The printer contains no parts which require periodic service. 4–1 CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION A. Cleaning/Inspection Points [1] [5] [4] [3] [2] Figure 4-401 No. Parts Cleaning Tool Service/caution [1] Pinch roller Plain paper (A1 or A0) Feed the paper until the stains are removed from it. [2] Platen Moistened cloth Clean [3] Waste ink absorber unit [4] Cover Moistened cloth Clean [5] Cut groove Moistened swab Remove paper chips and dust. — Table 4-401 4–2 Check or replace CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING B. Lubrication Points [1] [2] [2] Figure 4-402 No. [1] Position Paper feed motor gear Lubricant Permalub G2 Remarks Apply approx. 500mg of grease uniformaly to the tooth surfaces. [2] Grit roller bearing Permalub G2 Apply approx. 40mg of grease to each bearing surface. Table 4-402 4–3 CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1 A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1 B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1 C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2 D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3 II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9 A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9 B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9 C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10 III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18 A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18 B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18 IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32 V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43 A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43 B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44 VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/ FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53 A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53 B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54 C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56 E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING I. SERVICE MODE 1. How to enter the service mode A. Outline For the purpose of adjustment in the field, 5 service modes are provided as shown below. Mode DISPLAY B. Service Mode Operation 1) While pressing the up and down arrow keys, turn ON the power switch. 2) Confirm the "Initializing" message is indicated on the message display, then Description • Printing service mode settings release the key. • When you enter the service mode, the • Display warning code history • Display error code history • Display machine model • Display machine internal temperature • Display compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor (Bk/ C/M/Y). • Display the detected paper size. (Paper feed direction/carriage direction) ADJUST • Adjustment and printing of confirmation pattern • Adjustment in paper feed (Paper feed accuracy compensation value) FUNCTION • Operation panel LED/LCD lighting check • Operation panel key check COUNTER INITIALIZE green and orange LEDs blink alternately. 3) Press the Online key to show "Main menu". 4) Press the left or right arrow key to show "SERVICE MODE", and press the down arrow key to select. • "SERVICE MODE" is between "System Setup" and "Internal Print" on the main menu. 5) Press the left or right arrow key to display the mode to be checked or adjusted (see Table 5-501), then select it with the down • Waste-ink counter display arrow key. • Carriage drive time display • The name of the mode selected moves to • Initialization of waste-ink counter • Initialization of carriage drive time • Initialization of warning history and error history • Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controller to the image controller. the upper line of the message display. 6) Check or adjust. 2. Stopping the service mode Turn OFF the power switch. Table 5-101 5–1 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING C. Service Mode Map The hierarchy of service mode items is as shown below. Refer to "D. Service Mode" for details on each item. The service mode items are displayed in English regardless of which language is selected. [A] Main Menu Print Operation PRINT PATTERN Scale Test Print System Setup SERVICE MODE DISPLAY PRINT INF Yes No ∆ ∆ ∆ SYSTEM TYPE: Ax TMP: 000.0˚C H-TMP K1:000.0˚C H-TMP K2:000.0˚C H-TMP C: 000.0˚C H-TMP M: 000.0˚C H-TMP Y: 000.0˚C P-SIZE X:0000.00 P-SIZE Y:0000.00 WARNING 01: : : 20: ERROR 01: : : 20: ∆ ADJUST ∆ Wxxxxx ∆ X-SCALE -32 : 0 : 32 ∆ FUNCTION PANEL LED/LCD PANEL KEY ∆ COUNTER W-INK: 000000 * Dot count (indicated value x 10,000) T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage drive time Wxxxxx INITIALIZE ∆ W-INK: Exxxxx ∆ 000000 * Dot count (indicated value x 10,000) T-PLOT: Exxxxx 000000 *Carriage drive time [A] I/C EEPROM Internal Print E/C EEPROM 5–2 ∆ CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING D. Service Mode 1. Control display mode • Display items: Left or right arrow key • Select an item: Down arrow key • Execute an item: Enter key • Reset the mode: Up arrow key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 D I S P L A Y P R I N T I N F Name of item Contents ∆ Remarks PRINT INF Printing of service-related data The following are printed. • Warning history • Error history • Adjusting value • Counter value SYSTEM System display See Table 5-502 (P.5-4). WARNING ERROR Warning code history display Error code history display 16 The last 20 warning codes are displayed (smaller history numbers are newer.) The last 20 error codes are displayed (smaller history numbers are newer). 5–3 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING < "System" details > Name of item Contents Remarks TYPE A0/A1 size model Indicates the engine controller SW201 setting. TMP Internal temperature Units: °C H-TMP K1 Compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor (Bk) Units: °C (Proper value: 0±80°C) H-TMP K2 Unused H-TMP C Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (C) H-TMP M Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (M) H-TMP Y Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (Y) P-SIZE X Detected size of set media (paper feed direction) Units: mm P-SIZE Y Detected size of set media (carriage direction) Units: mm Table 5-102 5–4 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Adjusting mode • Display items and change values: Left or right arrow key • Select an item: Down arrow key • Registration of values and execution of actions: Enter key • Reset mode or item: Up arrow key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A D J U S T P R I N T P A T T E R N Name of item Contents PRINT PATTERN Adjustments and output of confirmation pattern X-SCALE Adjustment in paper feed direction (Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern) Value 15 16 ∆ Remarks Scale* Output of paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern Test Print Output of test pattern -32~32 The magnification in paper feed direction decreases by decreasing the value (units: 1 dot). *: The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern cannot be printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y Mirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their default values. (See P. 5-13.) 5–5 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 3. Operation/inspection mode • Display an item: Left or right arrow key • Execute an item: Enter key • Reset mode or item: Up arrow key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 F U N C T I O N P A N E L L E D / L C D Name of item Contents Operation/Remarks PANEL LED/ LCD Check LED/LCD on the operation panel Indicates as shown below for about 5 seconds. • LED blinks (2 colors of LED blink alternately). • LCD character cells blink alternately. PANEL KEY Key check on operation panel. Make sure that "Key Check Mode" is indicated, then and press each key (excluding the up arrow key) on the operation panel. The symbols corresponding to the pressed keys (see Table 5-103) are indicated. Key Indication Online F1 Enter F2 Down arrow ↓ Left arrow ← Right arrow → Table 5-103 5–6 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 4. Counter mode • Indication of items: Left or right arrow key • Reset the mode: Up arrow key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C O U N T E R W - I N K : Name of item 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 Contents Remarks W-INK Waste ink counter display Counted dot value ( x 10,000) T-PLOT Carriage drive time display Units: hours 5–7 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 5. Initialization mode • Display items: Left or right arrow key • Initialization of counter: Down arrow key + Enter key • Reset the mode: Up arrow key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 I N I T I A L I Z E W - I N K : 0 0 0 0 0 0 Name of item Contents Remarks W-INK Initialization of waste ink counter Set the counter value to 0. (Used when the waste ink absorber unit is replaced.) T-PLOT Initialization of carriage drive time Set the carriage drive time value to 0. I/C EEPROM Initialization of warning history and error history Clear the warning history and error history. During the initializing process (for about 0.5 seconds), "*" mark is indicated after the item name. E/C EEPROM Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controller to the EEPROM on the image controller. During the rewriting process (for about 0.5 seconds), "*" mark is indicated after the item name. (Used when replacing the engine controller. Refer to "Replacing the engine controller", P.5-12.) 5–8 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS A. About Adjustments and Settings The message display language (Factory setting: English) can be changed using the operation panel keys, corresponding to each sales territory. There are no parts that require mechanical adjustment when assembling them as described in the service manual. However, the settings, adjustments, and service described below are required. 1. If the paper thickness adjustment lever is changed, perform the automatic printing position adjustment. 2. When the parts that may affect printing accuracy (such as those in the carriage or paper feed section) are disassembled, perform the automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment. 3. When replacing the waste ink absorber unit, be sure to clear the waste ink counter. 4. Both the image controller and engine controller cannot be replaced at the same time, or the stored settings will be lost. Be sure to follow the proper procedures when replacing them. 5. The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment can be performed to achieve higher precision printing. 6. If the data reception lamp does not light when data is being transferred, check the parallel interface communication mode setting. If necessary, switch the setting. 7. The image controller and engine controller can be upgraded by downloading new firmware. B. Items for Adjustment and Setting 1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment 2. Waste ink counter reset 3. Image controller and engine controller replacement procedures 4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment method 5. Parallel interface communication mode setting method 6. Image controller and engine controller upgrade procedures 5–9 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures Some of the adjustments and settings must be carried out after the machine has been booted up in the specific methods described below. Mode Service mode Operating procedure Turn on the power while pressing both the Up arrow and Down arrow keys. Firmware download mode Turn on the power while pressing both the Right arrow and Left arrow keys. Parallel interface communication select mode Turn on the power while pressing both the ONLINE and ENTER keys. 5–10 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (Usersettable) Select and execute the "Auto Adjust" or "Auto Band-adj." from the "Adjustment" menu within the Main menu. (See P. 1-15.) 2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode) Select and execute "W-INK" from the "INITIALIZE" menu of the service mode. 3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller 3.1 Cautions 1) The image controller and engine controller must not be replaced at the same time. The EEPROM on the engine controller stores data on waste ink amount, carriage driving time and others. Before replacing the engine controller, the data must be transferred into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal communication. Therefore, the two controllers cannot be replaced simultaneously. 2) After replacing the image controller or engine controller, check the firmware version in the "Information" mode of the "System Setup" menu within the Main menu. If the version is outdated, it will be necessary to update the firmware to the newest version. (See P. 5-16.) 3.2 Replacing the image controller When the image controller is replaced, the user settings set up using the operation panel are lost. Therefore, if the same settings need to be made after the replacement, execute the following procedure. 1) Before replacing the controller, print the "Setup List" of the "Internal Print" menu within the Main menu from the operating panel. (See pages 1-24 to 1-26.) 2) Replace the image controller. (See P. 3-32.) 3) Reset the values in the "Setup List". 5–11 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 3.3 Replacing the engine controller Before replacing the engine controller, the data such as the waste ink amount, carriage driving time, and paper feed accuracy compensation value stored in the EEPROM of the engine controller must be copied into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal communication. The procedure is as follows. 1) Access the service mode, and select "INITIALIZE". 2) Display "E/C EEPROM" in the message display. 3) While holding the Down arrow key, press the ENTER key. The engine controller EEPROM data is copied into the EEPROM of the image controller. While the data is being transferred, a "*" mark is displayed to the right of the "E/C EEPROM" display. 4) After the "*" mark has disappeared, turn off the power, and unplug the power cord. 5) Replace the engine controller. (See P. 3-33.) At this time, be sure to check SW201 (model switch) on the new engine controller. <Switching of the model> On the engine controller, the model selection is determined by the jumper (SW201). * A0 model: No jumper * A1 model: Jumper installed 6) Run the "Auto Adjust" and "Auto Band Adj." of the "Adjustment" menu within the Main menu, and check whether the printing is correct. CAUTION If the precision of the printing becomes worse after replacing the engine controller, the replacement procedure may not have been followed correctly, or the EEPROM data may not have been successfully updated. In this case, be sure to check that the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" of the "ADJUST" menu within the service mode) matches the H/W X value written on the label attached to the left frame (remove the left cover to see the label). If they don't match, set the printer to the value written on the label. If they do match, perform the procedure described in "10. Dimensional accuracy problems" of "V. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects". (See P. 5-51.) 5–12 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment Media feed accuracy can be adjusted as 5) Measure the length of the printed scale adjustment pattern in the paper feed direction. • Specified value: 380±0.5mm follows. 1) Set up the service mode and select the "ADJUST" mode. 2) Load a cut sheet larger than A3. 3) Use the left or right arrow key to display "PRINT PATTERN" and then press the down arrow key. 4) Make sure that "Scale" is displayed, then press the ENTER key. • The scaling adjustment pattern will be printed. • While printing, the message is followed by a "*" mark. PRINT PATTERN Scale* Black Scale 15inch Scale 380mm Figure 5-201 6) If the measured value does not satisfy the specified value, change the value of "XSCALE" in the ADJUST mode. • Setting range: -32 to 32 • To change the value: Left and right arrow keys. • Value registration: ENTER key X-SCALE 00* CAUTION The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern cannot be printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y REFERENCE: • Changing the value by 1 changes the length of the adjustment in the X axis direction by 1 dot (about 0.07mm). • When the value is increased, the line becomes longer, and by decreasing the value, the line becomes shorter. Mirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their default values. 7) Repeat steps 2) through 6) until the specified value is satisfied. 8) Turn OFF the power switch to leave the service mode. 5–13 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING CAUTION When changing the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" value), be sure to write the new value in the "H/W X" item on the label attached to the left frame (under the left cover). At the factory, each printer is adjusted and the value is written on this label. Figure 5-202 shows the label on the left panel of the printer. (In this printer, the "H/W Y" and "H/W B" adjustments are not used.) H/W X H/W Y H/W B Figure 5-202 5–14 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 5. Changing the parallel interface communication mode With some types of computers which com- 4) Press the ENTER key to confirm the displayed mode. • When a "*" mark is displayed after the municate in the compatible mode, the timing of name of communication mode, execute the Busy and Ack signals may need to be the initial operation and return to the changed as the communication may not be normal menu. done correctly. In most computers, communication can be Busy-Ack A-B (Default)* carried out normally using the "A-B (Default)" setting. However, if the data reception indicator on the printer does not light up when data is Initializing transferred, the communication mode should be switched by following the procedure below. 1) Turn OFF the power switch. 2) While pressing both the ONLINE and ENTER keys, turn ON the power switch REFERENCE: Relationship between the Busy and Ack signals in each communication mode : • A - B (Default) [Ack-in-Busy] to display the "Parallel Interface Commu- Busy nication select Mode." Ack 4080ns • Confirm that "Busy-Ack" is displayed on the message display and release the keys. • A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy] Busy Busy-Ack A-B (Default) Ack 3264ns 3264ns • B - A [Ack-after-Busy] 3) Press the left or right arrow key to display Busy the desired communication mode. Ack 3264ns 3264ns • A - B (Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)] Busy Ack 1200ns Figure 5-203 5–15 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 6. Image controller/engine controller upgrade procedure Upgrade the image controller and/or engine controller by downloading the 7) Type the following from the command prompt (when the computer output port LPT1 has been selected). COPY/B file name LPT1: firmware following the procedure below. 8) Press the RETURN key. 1) Turn OFF the power switches of the printer and computer. 2) Connect the machine and computer using a parallel interface cable. 3) While pressing both the right and left arrow keys, turn ON the power switch of • Data transmission from the computer to the printer starts. • When data reception starts, the data reception light on the printer lights up. "Receiving.." is displayed on the message display. the printer. • Make sure that "Download Mode.." is displayed on the message display and release the keys. Initializing Download Mode.. Download Mode Receiving.. • When the printer identifies the version of the data being transmitted, it displays the version as follows on the message display. • After initialization is finished, the following message is displayed and the a: For both the image controller and engine controller : download mode is selected. Download Mode [Send File to Pa [Send File to Parallel Port] 4) Turn ON the power switch of the com- I:XX.XX E:XX.XX Receiving.. b. For only the image controller : I/C puter. Ver.XX.XX Receiving.. 5) Insert the disk (containing the new firmware) into the disk drive. c. For only the engine controller : 6) Select the name of the drive in which the disk was inserted. 5–16 E/C Ver.XX.XX Receiving.. CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING • Upon completion of data reception, one of the following messages is displayed. a: For both the image controller and Download Mode E/C Erasing.. engine controller : I:XX.XX E:XX.XX [Press Online Ke Download Mode E/C Writing.. [Press Online Key to Write File on Flash] b: For only the image controller : I/C XX.XX→XX.XX [Press Online Ke [Press Online Key to Write File on Flash] Download Mode E/C Verifying.. Download Mode [Update Complete] [Update Completed: Turn Power Off!!] c: For only the engine controller : CAUTION E/C XX.XX→XX XX [Press Online Ke Do not turn OFF the power switch of the [Press Online Key to Write File on Flash] operation as there is a possibility that the printer or computer during the download firmware will not start up. 9) Press the ONLINE key If the power is accidentally switched off • Data in the flash memory is erased, at the wrong time, turn on the printer written and verified. During this and the computer, and download the process, the following messages are firmware again. If the printer cannot be displayed : started up, replace the PCB that you Download Mode I/C Erasing.. tried to download the firmware to. 10) Turn OFF the power switch of the printer. Download Mode I/C Writing.. 11) Turn ON the power switch of the printer. Check the firmware version and whether the printer operates normally. Download Mode I/C Verifying.. 5–17 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING III. ERROR/WARNING CODES B. List of Error and Warning Codes A. Outline • Error/warning code configuration This machine has a self-diagnostic function by means of the engine controller and image controller. Diagnosis is carried Numeric Alphabetic 6thdigit 5thdigit 4thdigit 3rddigit 2nddigit 1stdigit out as required. If a problem is detected, a code or symbol W:Warning E :Error Origin 001~099 Details 00~99 and a message indicating the type of problem Figure 5-301 are indicated on the message display of the operation panel. Problems with the printer are classified into errors and warnings as shown below. CAUTION • For the code descriptions, since the codes enclosed with ( ) are displayed as messages, the codes themselves are Error: A state in which the printer stops not displayed. However, in the operating and cannot return to normal "WARNING" and "ERROR" areas in operation until the cause of the trouble the service mode, the last 20 codes, is removed. including the codes enclosed with ( ), are displayed. Warning: A state in which the machine does not stop operating, and can continue without removing the cause of the problem. However, the printed image may be influenced. 5–18 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING • Errors and warning codes The errors and warning codes are shown below. Detailed information on the codes (meaning, detecting timing, major causes) are described in the following pages. Codes * Diagnostic part 001xx Media/feeding system 003xx Drive system 004xx BJ Print head system 005xx Ink tank system 007xx Purge system 008xx Cutter system 011xx Engine controller internal error 012xx Internal communication system 015xx Power supply related 021xx User-adjusted system 051xx Image controller internal error 052xx Serial interface communication system 053xx Parallel interface communication system 060xx Internal data processing system 061xx GL command system 062xx GL2 command system 063xx RTL command system 064xx ESC command system 065xx PJL command system 067xx TIFF command system 097xx Direct error code from the image controller 098xx Direct error code from the engine controller * The codes above indicate the five right-most digits. In the actual displays, the code "E" (error) or "W" (warning) is added at the left. 5–19 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) Refer to "CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS" (P. 5-32) for remedies. Code Meaning Detection timing (W00111) • PE sensor (PS6) detected the roll media trailing edge. • While loading (roll media mode) • While printing (roll media mode) • No roll media • Defective PE sensor (PS6) • Defective engine controller E00151 • Media sensor (PS9) cannot detect the media leading edge. • When detecting the media leading edge • Media was removed during operation. • Media jam • Defective media • Defective media sensor (PS9) • Defective carriage controller • Defective paper feed motor (M1) • Defective engine controller E00152 • PE sensor (PS6) cannot detect the cut sheet trailing edge. • When detecting media trailing edge • • • • • • E00153 • Media sensor (PS9) missed the media. • At the time of media sensor compensation • At the time of media leading edge detection • At the time of media width measurement • Media was removed during operation. • Media jam • Defective media • Defective media sensor (PS9) • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller E00154 • Carriage cannot move. • While loading • While printing (except for auto cut operation) • While the carriage is returning, except for above cases (except for cutting operation) • Media jam • Improper installation of carriage belt • Defective carriage motor (M2) • Defective linear encoder (PS8) • Defective linear scale • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller E00156 • The PE sensor (PS6) detected the cut sheet trailing edge earlier than the size detected by the machine. • While printing • Media was removed during operation. • Defective PE sensor (PS6) • Defective paper feed motor (M1) • Defective engine controller 5–20 Major cause Media jam Improper loading of media Defective media Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective paper feed motor (M1) Defective engine controller CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING Code Meaning Detection timing (W00161) • Media sensor (PS9) detected skewed feed of roll media exceeding the specified value. • Media sensor (PS9) detected skewed feed of cut sheet media exceeding the specified value. • When skewed feeding is detected. E00162 • Media sensor (PS9) cannot detect the right edge of the media. • Media sensor (PS9) cannot detect the left edge of the media. • At the time of media width measurement • At the time of media skewed feed detection E00164 • Defective detection of media width. E00165 E00169 Major cause • • • • • Improper loading of media Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller • Media sensor (PS9) detected media width below 250mm. • • • • • • Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective linear scale Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller • PE sensor (PS6) detected a media length less than 80mm. • While loading in the cut sheet media mode • Media was removed during operation. • Defective media • Defective PE sensor (PS6) • Defective paper feed motor (M1) • Defective engine controller • Media sensor (PS9) could not identify black. • Media sensor (PS9) could not identify white. • At the time of media sensor compensation • • • • Defective media Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller 5–21 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 2. 003xx (Drive system) Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause • Improper installation of carriage belt • Defective carriage home position sensor (PS2) • Defective carriage motor (M2) • Defective linear encoder (PS8) • Defective linear scale • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller E00311 • Carriage does not operate. • During initial operation • During purging operation • When the carriage is moving backward for a reason other than above (except for cutting operation) E00312 • Carriage does not stop at a normal position. • When carriage cannot stop at a normal position. E00313 • Carriage stops abnormally. • When front cover is open, carriage moves backward more than 20 mm from the stop position. 5–22 • • • • • Operation mistake Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) Code *1 (E00401) *2 Meaning Detection timing • No BJ print head • During initial operation • Abnormal head rank • The front cover was closed while the BJ print head was removed. • Constant detection • At the time of BJ print head replacement • Abnormal head temperature control • Too much time required for head temperature adjustment • Abnormal head temperature compensation • When head temperature compensation is abnormal. • Abnormal head cooling control • After abnormal BJ print head temperature is detected, the print head has not cooled to the temperature controllable even after operation has stopped for 40 seconds. (W00402) *3 (W00403) *3 (W00404) *3 (E00451) *4 (E00452) *4 (E00453) *4 Major cause • There is no BJ print head. • Improper installation of BJ print head • Defective BJ print head • Defective flexible cable inside the carriage unit • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller (E00454) *4 (E00461) *4 (E00462) *4 (E00463) *4 (E00464) *4 (E00471) *4 (E00472) *4 • Defective BJ print head • Defective flexible cable inside the carriage unit • Defective media sensor (Internal temperature detection function) • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller (E00473) *4 (E00474) *4 (E00481) *4 (E00482) *4 (E00483) *4 (E00484) *4 *1: *2: *3: *4: Last digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y) When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] (blinking) on the message display. When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] on the message display. When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ ? ] on the message display. 5–23 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) Code * Meaning (E00501) • The ink tank sensor (PS4) cannot detect the ink tank (no ink tank). • At the time of the home position detection • • • • • Remaining ink level count reached the specified value for no ink • After suction • After completion of printing • No ink • Defective remaining ink level sensor (PS3) • Defective engine controller • Remaining ink count detected no ink in the ink chamber. • After suction • After completion of printing operation • No ink in the ink chamber • Defective remaining ink level sensor (PS3) • Defective engine controller (E00502) Detection timing (E00503) Major cause No ink tank Improper installation of ink tank Defective ink tank Defective ink tank detection sensor (PS4) • Defective engine controller (E00504) (E00511) (W00512) (W00513) (W00514) (W00521) (W00522) (W00523) (W00524) * First digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y) 5. 007xx (Purge system) Code Meaning Detection timing E00701 • Pump position cannot be detected. • Purge unit does not return to the pump position even though the purge unit pump position detection operation was repeated 3 times. • Defective pump position sensor (PS1) • Defective purge motor (M3) • Defective engine controller E00711 • Waste ink counter reached the specified value for full waste ink absorber unit. • After suction • Full waste ink absorber unit • Waste ink counter was cleared in the service mode. • Defective engine controller (W00721) • Waste ink counter reached the specified value for approximately full. 5–24 Major cause CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 6. 008xx (Cutter system) Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause E00801 • Media could not be cut. • While detecting the media leading edge after being cut. • • • • • • No cutter Improper installation of cutter Defective cutter Improper media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller E00811 • Carriage cannot operate. • While cutting • • • • • • • Cutter jam Defective cutter Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear sensor (PS8) Defective linear scale Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller E00841 • Carriage stops abnormally. • When the front cover is open, carriage moved forward more than 20mm from the stop position unexpectedly. • • • • • Operation mistake Defective carriage motor (M2) Defective linear encoder (PS8) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller 7. 011xx (Engine controller) Code Meaning E01102 • Failed initialization of EEPROM • Failed reading from EEPROM • Failed writing to EEPROM E01135 • EEPROM checksum error • EEPROM data damage Detection timing • Constant Major cause • Defective engine controller 5–25 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) Code E01219 Meaning • Abnormal communication between engine controller and image controller Detection timing • Constant Major cause • Defective engine controller • Defective image controller 9. 015xx (Power supply related) Code Meaning Detection timing E01501 • Cooling fan (FM2) is not rotating. • Fan rotation signal (FANSTS) cannot be detected while the cooling fan (FM2) is rotating Major cause • Defective cooling fan (FM2) • Defective engine controller 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) Code Meaning E02101 • Abnormal compensation value of media sensor (PS9) E02102 • Abnormal adjustment value E02103 • Media too small 5–26 Detection timing Major cause • During media sensor compensation when adjustment menu is being executed • Defective media sensor (PS9) • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller • During loading while automatic adjustment is being executed • • • • • Improper media size Defective PE sensor (PS6) Defective media sensor (PS9) Defective carriage controller Defective engine controller CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 11. 051xx (Image controller) Code Meaning E05102 • No EEPROM • Error writing to EEPROM E05105 • No on board DRAM • Abnormal onboard DRAM E05106 • Abnormal added Memory Detection timing • Constant Major cause • Defective DRAM • Defective added memory • Defective image controller 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) Code Meaning E05211 • I/F buffer overflow E05221 • Overrun E05222 • Framing error E05223 • Parity error Detection timing • While data is being received Major cause • Improper communication setting with the computer • Defective image controller 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system) Code E05311 Meaning • I/F buffer overflow Detection timing • While data is being received Major cause • Improper communication setting with the computer • Defective image controller 5–27 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) Code Meaning W06011 • Data missing due to insufficient memory W06012 • Missing data while analyzing TIFF data W06013 W06021 Detection timing Major cause • While data is being analyzed • Insufficient memory • Defective setting of parallel interface communication mode • Defective image controller • Data missing due to insufficient memory (When being copied, second pages onwards) • While data is being analyzed • Insufficient memory • Print data exceeds the printable area of the paper set up. • While data is being analyzed • Defective communication data from computer • Improper setting for parallel interface communication mode • Defective image controller W06031 • Image data could not be rotated. • While data is being analyzed • Insufficient memory • Defective image controller (W06041) • Printing in monochrome mode since there are no color BJ print head/print heads (Y, M and C). • Immediately before printing • No color BJ print head/s (Y, M and C) • Improper installation of BJ print head • Defective BJ print head • Defective flexible cable inside the carriage unit • Defective carriage controller • Defective engine controller W06022 W06023 5–28 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 15. 061xx (GL command system) Code Meaning W06100 • Unsupported command W06111 • Incorrect number of parameters W06120 • Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. W06121 • Incorrect data range Detection timing • While data is being analyzed Major cause • Incorrect data from computer • Defective image controller 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) Code Meaning W06200 • Unsupported command W06211 • Incorrect number of parameters W06220 • Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. W06221 • Incorrect data range Detection timing • While data is being analyzed Major cause • Improper communication data from computer • Defective image controller 17. 063xx (RTL command system) Code Meaning W06300 • Unsupported command W06301 • Invalid data other than null or FF (HEX) continued for more than 20 bytes. W06311 • Incorrect number of parameters W06320 • Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. W06321 • Incorrect data range Detection timing • While data is being analyzed Major cause • Improper communication data from computer • Defective image controller 5–29 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 18. 064xx (ESC command system) Code Meaning W06400 • Unsupported command W06411 Incorrect number of parameters W06420 • W06421 • Incorrect data range Detection timing • While data is being analyzed. Major cause • Improper communication data from computer • Defective image controller Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. 19. 065xx (PJL command system) Code Meaning W06500 • Unsupported command W06511 • Incorrect number of parameters W06520 • Necessary parameters in the command are omitted. W06521 • Incorrect data range Detection timing • While data is being analyzed. Major cause • Improper communication data from computer • Defective image controller 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) Code Meaning W06700 • Unsupported command W06721 • Improper parameter range W06760 • Unsupported parameter W06761 • Unsupported compression was designated. W06762 • Unsupported color was designated. 5–30 Detection timing • While data is being analyzed Major cause • Improper communication data from computer • Defective image controller CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller) Code Meaning E097xx* • Undefined error on image controller Detection timing • Constant Major cause • Defective image controller * The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal. 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller) Code E098xx* Meaning • Undefined error on engine controller Detection timing • Constant Major cause • Defective engine controller * The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal. 23. 099xx (Others) Code E09999 Meaning • Unexpected error Detection timing • When error occurs Major cause • Defective firmware 5–31 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Media jam 1 Has media jam occurred? YES Remove media jam. Incorrect media setting 2 Is the media loaded properly? NO Instruct the user to load the media correctly according to the specified media loading procedure. Incorrect media 3 Are the type and size of the media proper? NO Instruct the user to use recommended media. 4 Is "E00154" indicated on the message display? YES Refer to "Table 2. 003xx (Drive system)" (P.5-33). 5 Is the media fed properly? NO Refer to "Media is not fed" (P.5-42). 6 Does the major cause lie in the PE sensor (PS6)? YES Proceed to step 7. NO Proceed to step 8. YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the sensor to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the sensor to the carriage controller and from the carriage controller to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. PE sensor (PS6) 7 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the PE sensor? Engine controller Media sensor (PS9) Carriage controller Engine controller 5–32 8 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit? CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 2. 003xx (Drive system) Problem/Unit Step Check item Foreign substance on rail 1 Can the carriage be moved smoothly by hand? NO Check for foreign substance, or some part in contact with the rail surface. Carriage belt 2 Is the carriage belt correctly installed? NO Reinstall correctly. Carriage home position sensor 3 Move the carriage onto the platen and turn ON the power switch. Does the carriage move to the home position? YES Check the wiring for the carriage home position sensor (PS2). If correct, replace the purge unit. Carriage motor (M2) 4 Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord from the outlet. Disconnect connector J201 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to x10 and connect the leads of the tester to the harness terminals on the motor side as shown in the table below. Are the resistance values correct? NO Replace the motor. + - Resistance value J201-3 J201-4 Approx. 4.8Ω J201-5 J201-6 Approx. 4.8Ω J201-1 J201-3 Approx. 2.4Ω J201-1 J201-4 Approx. 2.4Ω J201-2 J201-5 Approx. 2.4Ω J201-2 J201-6 Approx. 2.4Ω Result Remedy Linear scale 5 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the linear scale? YES Completed. Linear encoder (PS8) 6 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit? YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the carriage controller to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Carriage controller Engine controller 5–33 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy BJ print head installation problem 1 Is the BJ print head properly installed? NO Install the BJ print head correctly. BJ print head 2 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the BJ print head? YES Completed. Flexible cable 3 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the carriage unit? YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the carriage controller to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Result Remedy Thermistor (TH1) Carriage controller Engine controller 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) Problem/Unit Step Check item Ink tank installation problem 1 Is the ink tank installed correctly? NO Install the ink tank correctly. Ink tank 2 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the ink tank? YES Completed. Remaining ink sensor (PS3) Ink tank sensor (PS4) 3 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the purge unit? YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from each sensor of the purge unit to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Engine controller 5–34 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 5. 007xx (Purge unit) a. E00701 Problem/Unit Step Pump home position sensor (PS1) 1 Check item Does the purge motor (M3) rotate when the power switch is turned ON? Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord. Remove connector J202 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to x10 and connect the leads of the tester to the harness terminals on the motor side as shown in the table below. Are the resistance values correct? Purge motor (M3) Engine controller + - Resistance value J202-1 J202-2 Approx. 44Ω J202-3 J202-4 Approx. 44Ω J202-1 J202-5 Approx. 22Ω J202-2 J202-5 Approx. 22Ω J202-3 J202-6 Approx. 22Ω J202-4 J202-6 Approx. 22Ω Result Remedy NO Check the wiring from the sensor to the engine controller and the wiring from the purge motor to the engine controller. If correct, replace the purge unit. YES Replace the engine controller. b. E00711/W00721 Problem/Unit Full waste ink absorber unit Service mode Engine controller Step 1 2 Check item Is the waste ink absorber unit full? (Visual check) Was the waste ink counter cleared (Service mode "CLEAR") after replacing the waste ink absorber unit? Result YES Remedy NO Replace the waste ink absorber unit. Clear the waste ink absorber unit counter in the service mode "CLEAR". YES Replace the engine controller. 5–35 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 6. 008xx (Cutter system) a. E00801 Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy 1 Is the code "001xx (Media/feeder system)" displayed when new media is loaded? YES Refer to step 7 onwards of Table 1. 001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32). Foreign substance in the cut groove 2 Are there any foreign substances in the cut groove? YES Clean the groove. Cutter installation problem 3 Is the cutter properly installed? YES Install the cutter properly. Defective cutter 4 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cutter? YES Completed. NO Replace the engine controller. Engine controller b. E00811/E00841 Problem/Unit Step Check item Result 1 Is the code "003xx (Drive system)" displayed when the power switch is turned ON? YES Refer to Table 2. 003xx (Drive system) (P.5-33). Foreign substance in the cut groove 2 Are there any foreign substances in the cut groove? YES Clean the groove. Defective cutter 3 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cutter? YES Completed. NO Replace the engine controller. Engine controller Remedy 7. 011xx (Engine controller) Problem/Unit Malfunction Engine controller 5–36 Step 1 Check item Is the trouble corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Result Remedy YES Completed. NO Replace the engine controller. CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Malfunction 1 Is the trouble corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? YES Completed. Engine controller 2 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the engine controller? YES Completed. NO Replace the image controller. Image controller 9. 015xx (Power supply related) Problem/Unit Step Check item Disconnected power connector 1 Is the power connector attached? NO Connect the connectors. Defective cooling fan (FM2) 2 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the cooling fan? YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the fan to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Engine controller Result Remedy 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) Problem/Unit Incorrect media Check item Step 1 Result Remedy Are the media type and size correct? NO Instruct the user to use the recommended media. When loading the cut sheet media (normal menu), is the code "001xx (Media/feeder system)" displayed? YES Refer to step 6 onwards of Table 1. 001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32). NO Replace the engine controller. Engine controller 11. 051xx (Image controller) Problem/Unit Malfunction Image controller Step 1 Check item Is the trouble corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? Result Remedy YES Completed. NO Replace the image controller. 5–37 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system) 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system) Problem/Unit Step Improper printercomputer communication setting 1 Check item Is the printer-computer communication setting proper? Image controller Result Remedy NO Set the communication mode properly. YES Replace the image controller. 14. 060xx (Internal data processing system) a. W6041 Problem/Unit Step Missing color BJ print heads (Y,M and C) 1 Check item Are all 3 color BJ print heads (Y, M and C) installed? Result Remedy NO Install each color BJ print head. YES Refer to Table 3. 004xx (BJ print head system) (P.5-34). b. Others Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Data transmission problem 1 Does the same phenomenon occur with other data transfers? NO Explain to the user that the trouble is in the data transfer. Insufficient memory 2 Has the transmission data exceeded the memory capacity of the printer? YES Instruct the user to add memory. Incorrect setting of parallel interface communication mode Does the same phenomenon occur using the serial interface? NO 3 Change the parallel interface communication mode. YES Replace the image controller. Image controller 5–38 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 15. 061xx (GL command system) 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) 17. 063xx (RTL command system) 18. 064xx (ESC command system) 19. 065xx (PJL command system) 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Data transmission problem 1 Does the same phenomenon occur with other data transfers? NO Explain to the user that the trouble is in the data transfer. Improper printercomputer communication setting 2 Is the printer-computer communication setting proper? NO Set the communication mode properly. YES Replace the image controller. Image controller 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller) Problem/Unit Malfunction Step Check item Result 1 Is the error corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? YES Completed. NO Replace the image controller. Image controller Remedy 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller) Problem/Unit Malfunction Step Check item Result 1 Is the error corrected by turning the power switch OFF and ON? YES Completed. NO Replace the engine controller. Engine controller Remedy 23. 099xx (Others) Problem/Unit Defective firmware Step 1 Check item — Remedy Turn the power swith OFF and ON. 5–39 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 24. No power Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Unplugged power source 1 Is the power cord properly connected to the receptacle on the printer and the outlet? NO Connect the power cord correctly to the printer and outlet. Power source failure 2 Is the proper voltage available at the outlet? NO Explain to the customer that the trouble is not related to the printer. Operation panel 3 Does the carriage work when the power switch is turned ON? YES Check the wiring from the image controller to the operation panel. If correct, replace the operation panel. Disconnected connector 4 Are connectors J101 and J102 on the DC power unit correctly connected? NO Connect the connectors properly. Blown fuse 5 Is the fuse (F1) on the DC power unit blown? YES Remove the cause of the blown fuse and replace the DC power supply. Power switch (SW1) 6 Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord. When applying the leads of the tester to the terminals 2 and 3, (then 5 and 6) of the power switch, and turning the power switch ON, is continuity indicated? NO Replace the power switch. DC power supply unit 7 Remove connector J210 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to 30VDC. With the power switch ON and the tester leads on the harness terminals on the DC power supply side as shown in the table below, are the voltages normal? NO Check the wiring from the DC power supply to the engine controller. If correct, replace the DC power supply. YES Completed. NO Replace the image controller. Engine controller Image controller 5–40 8 + - Voltage J210-1 J210-3 +26V J210-2 J210-4 +26V J210-5 J210-6 +5V Is the trouble corrected by replacing the engine controller? CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Disconnected connector 1 Are the connectors on the operation panel and image controller connected correctly? NO Connect the connectors properly. Operation panel 2 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the operation panel? YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the operation panel to the image controller. If correct, replace the image controller. Image controller Remedy 26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected Problem/Unit Front cover switch (SW2) Step Check item Result 1 Disconnect the relay connector (J8) of the front cover switch (SW2). Is there continuity when connecting the tester leads rod to the connectors on the switch side and closing the front cover? NO Replace the switch. YES Replace the engine controller. Engine controller Remedy 27. Wiper solenoid does not working Problem/Unit Step Wiper solenoid (SL1) 1 Engine controller Check item Is the trouble corrected by replacing the purge unit? Result Remedy YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the solenoid to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. 5–41 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 28. Media is not fed Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Loose set screw 1 Are the set screws fixing the paper feed roller tightened firmly? NO Tighten the paper feed roller with set screws. Paper feed motor (M1) 2 Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power cord. Remove connector J203 on the engine controller. Set the tester range to x10. Are the resistance values normal when the tester leads are connected to the harness terminals on the motor side as shown in the table below? NO Replace the paper feed motor. YES Check the wiring from the motor to the engine controller. If normal, replace the engine controller. Result Remedy Engine controller + - Remedy Resistance value J203-3 J203-4 Approx. 6.8Ω J203-5 J203-6 Approx. 6.8Ω J203-1 J203-3 Approx. 3.4Ω J203-1 J203-4 Approx. 3.4Ω J203-2 J203-5 Approx. 3.4Ω J203-2 J203-6 Approx. 3.4Ω 29. Suction fan does not rotate Problem/Unit Step Check item 1 Does the cooling fan (FM2) rotate when media is loaded? YES Go to step 3. PE sensor (PS6) 2 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the PE sensor (PS6)? YES Completed. Suction fan (FM1) 3 Is the trouble corrected by replacing the suction fan? YES Completed. NO Check the wiring from the fan to the engine controller. If correct, replace the engine controller. Engine controller 5–42 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS A. Initial Inspection The causes of poor images can be loosely classified into the following four cases : • Installation environment • Type or condition of media • BJ cartridge • Main unit problem Check the installation environment, media and other conditions in the initial inspection. 1. Installation environment Check that the installation environment standards are met. 2. Media check Be sure to check the media condition for the following items : • Recommended media • Proper media storage environment 5–43 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects 1. Non-ejection of ink Normal Abnormal Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy No ink 1 Is there ink in the ink tank chamber of the applicable color? NO Replace the ink tank of that color. (When the ink becomes faint or no ink is ejected, an empty ink tank is usually the cause.) Clogged nozzles Foreign substance stuck to the head 2 Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the applicable color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color normal when printing using the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? NO If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the following. Defective head 3 Is the problem remedied by replacing the YES BJ print head of that color and executing the following process? NO • Load the recommended type of media larger than A3 (plain paper or coated paper) and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. Foreign substance stuck to the wiper 5–44 Completed. Replace the wiper (Cleaner blade). CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Vertical misalignment 1 Normal Problem/Unit Step Abnormal Check item Result Remedy BJ print head installation problem 1 Is it corrected by reinstalling the BJ print YES head of the applicable color and doing the following? • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu Completed. Defective head 2 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and doing the following? • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and doing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. Completed. YES 5–45 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 3. Vertical misalignment 2 Normal Problem/Unit Abnormal Step Check item Result Printing position adjustment problem 1 Is it corrected by loading the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and executing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu? YES Completed. Paper thickness adjustment problem 2 Is the paper thickness adjustment lever in the proper position? NO Set the paper thickness adjustment lever position properly and carry out the following. • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. Check the print mode. Is it in "Draft" mode? YES Set the [Print Mode] menu to other than "Draft". Print mode 5–46 Remedy CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 4. Low resolution Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Clogged nozzle, foreign substance stuck to the head 1 Execute the [Head Cleaning] for the applicable color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color proper when printing the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? NO If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the next step. Defective head 2 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and carrying out the following? • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu? YES Completed. Remedy 5. Dislocation of dots of different colors Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Foreign substance stuck to the head 1 Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color proper when printing the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? NO Printing position adjustment problem 2 Is it corrected by loading the recomYES mended type of paper (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and executing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu? Completed. Defective head 3 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and executing the following? • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES Completed. NO Replace the carriage unit and do the following. • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute "Auto Adjust" of [Adjustment] menu. Defective media sensor (PS9) on the carriage unit Remedy If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the next step. 5–47 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 6. Dot misalignment Normal Abnormal Remedy Problem/Unit Step Foreign substance stuck to the head 1 Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color proper when the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu is printed? NO If the problem persists after corrective steps have been attempted 3 times, check the next step. Defective head 2 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print head of that color and executing the following? • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coat paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES Completed. NO Replace the wiper (cleaner blade). Foreign substance stuck to wiper (cleaner blade) 5–48 Check item Result CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 7. Lines (Carriage direction) Normal Abnormal Normal Abnormal Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Main menu settings 1 Is the "Band Joint" selected in "Feed Priority" in the [System Setup] menu? NO If the problem persists after setting "Band Joint", check the following. Clogged nozzles Foreign substance stuck to the head 2 Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the applicable color. Is the nozzle check pattern of that color normal when printing using the "Nozzle Check" in the [Internal Print] menu? NO If the problem persists after this step has been attempted 3 times, check the following. Improper paper feed rate adjustment 3 Load the recommended type of media larger than A3 (plain paper or coated paper) and execute the "Auto Band-Adj" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES Completed. Defective head 4 Is the problem remedied by replacing the BJ print head of that color and executing the following? • Load the recommended type of media larger than A3 (plain paper or coated paper) and execute the "Auto BandAdj" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES Completed. 5–49 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 8. White lines (Paper feed direction) Normal Problem/Unit Linear scale Engine controller 5–50 Abnormal Step Check item Result 1 Is it corrected by replacing the linear scale and executing the following? • Load the recommended type of media (plain paper or coated paper) larger than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment] menu. YES Completed. NO Replace the engine controller. Remedy CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 9. Bleeding DENSITY 1 DENSITY 1 Normal Problem/Unit Abnormal Step Check item Result Remedy Media smudges easily. 1 Is the recommended type of media being used? NO Use the recommended type of media (coated paper or other smudge resistant paper). Printable side reversed. 2 Is the printable side of the media facing up? NO Explain to the user to use the media with the printable side facing up. Print mode 3 Check the print mode. Is it in "Draft" mode? YES Set the [Print Mode] to other than "Draft". 10. Dimensional accuracy problems Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy Expansion/contraction of media 1 Is it corrected by using the media after placing the media under the machine operating environment for some time? YES Explain to the user to use the media only after placing it under the machine operating environment for some time. Paper feed accuracy compensation value 2 Confirm with the paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern. NO Adjust the paper feed accuracy compensation value. (See page 5-13). 5–51 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING 11. Blotting boundary between filled images Normal Problem/Unit Abnormal Step Check item Result Remedy Poor moisture absorbency of media 1 Is the recommended type of media being used? NO Explain to the user to use the recommended type of media (media with high absorbency). Printable side reversed 2 Is the printable side of the media facing up? NO Explain to the user to place the printable side of the media facing up. Ink dries slowly. 3 Check the print mode. Is it in "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution" mode? NO Set the [Print Mode] menu to "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution". 5–52 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/ FUNCTIONS A. Sensors and Switches PS6 PS8 SW2 PS9 PS4 SW1 PS3 PS2 PS1 Figure 5-601 Name Symbol Function Photo-interrupter PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PS6 Pump position detection Home position detection Detection of remaining ink in the ink chamber Detection of the ink tank presence Media trailing edge detection Sensor PS8 PS9 Printing position detection Media leading edge detection, media width detection, internal temperature detection, printing position detection Switch SW1 SW2 AC power OFF/ON Front cover open/close detection Table 5-601 5–53 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids M2 FM1 M1 FM2 SL1 M3 Figure 5-602 Name Symbol Function Motor M1 M2 M3 Paper feed drive Carriage drive Pump drive Fan FM1 FM2 Hold paper during printing Heat dispersion Solenoid SL1 Wiper (cleaner blade) lifting Table 5-602 5–54 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING C. Logic boards [3] [1] [2] [5] [4] Figure 5-603 Name Symbol Function Engine controller [1] Sequence control/motor control Image controller [2] Data communication to host/raster conversion Carriage controller [3] Head drive signal/sensor signal relay DC power supply [4] DC power supply Operation panel controller [5] Operation key, LED and message display control Table 5-603 5–55 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING D. Engine Controller J212 J209 B16 A1 J205 1 4 J206 39 1 3 40 A16 J207 1 39 2 40 1 2 8 2 1 J204 B1 J210 1 J211 6 1 1 8 11 1 3 7 1 J202 J203 8 1 1 J213 J214 8 SW201 J201 1 J217 J208 1 2 Figure 5-604 SW No. SW201 Function Remarks Switching between A1 and A0 size models. A0: No jumper A1: Jumper installed Table 5-604 5–56 CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING LED 602 DSW601 LED 605 CN602 1 2 1 2 B11 A16 CN607 A1 22 21 19 20 LED LED 603 604 B1 A11 CN601 A1 40 39 1 2 SIM602 SIM601 LED 601 71 72 71 72 E. Image Controller B16 18 B1 1 CN604 CN603 1 5 CN605 1 CN606 2 36 19 9 6 1 8 Figure 5-605 Function SW No. Remarks DSW601-1 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory DSW601-2 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory DSW601-3 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory DSW601-4 For factory adjustment Set to ON before shipment from factory DSW601-5 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory DSW601-6 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory LED601 Unused — LED602 Unused — LED603 Lit in CPU operation (normal) — LED604 Lit at CPU stop (abnormal) — LED605 Lit when power is supplied — Table 5-605 5–57 CHAPTER 6 CIRDUIT DIAGRAM A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1 B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ....................................... 6-4 C. ENGIN CONTROLLER .................................... 6-16 D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33 E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41 F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 General circuit diagram (1/3) CARRIAGE MOTOR PAPER FEED MOTOR SUCTION FAN COOLING FAN PE SENSOR FRONT COVER SENSOR F J7 2 4 6 7 J203 2 5 3 4 6 1 4 5 2 5 6 3 1 XBN XB XAN XA VH VH YBN YB YAN YA VH VH 6 7 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 J204 1 2 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 J206 J214 2 3 1 2 3 2 1 3 1 2 1 3 J211 2 1 1 2 DOOR_IN 4 5 J201 J5 1 Vcc MEDIA_IN GND 6 J8 2 3 FAN_CONT VH FANSTS 4 5 VH 6 FAN_CONT J12 3 GND 1 2 1 2 1 E 1 J9 J202 8 8 7 6 7 6 5 J202 8 4 5 4 3 2 3 2 1 1 PPOW_CONL PPOW_CONL PG_OUT4 PG_OUT3 PG_OUT2 PG_OUT1 8 7 7 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 PURGE MOTOR 3 2 2 1 1 J4 1 8 8 7 6 ENGINE CONTROLLER J212 7 6 5 4 5 4 3 2 3 2 1 1 Vcc CRGHP_IN GND Vcc PURHP_IN GND SOL_CONT VH 1 2 HOME POSITION SENSOR 2 PUMP SENSOR 3 J1 J212 D 8 2 7 3 6 4 5 J3 5 1 3 3 4 6 7 2 8 1 J2 GND Vcc GND(H) VH J210 6 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 1 4 1 2 3 2 3 J10 1 1 3 J210 WIPER SOLENOID 1 C J13 3 2 J205 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 INK TANK SENSOR 3 J213 GND Vcc GND(H) GND(H) VH VH 11 10 9 8 J102 6 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 J213 1 7 6 4 5 2 L 5 6 N 2 3 4 2 3 3 INK SENSOR 2 4 1 1 B 1 2 1 N L 3 J11 1 3 2 1 2 Vcc TANK GND INK1_IN GND INKCONN Vcc 4 3 POWER SUPPLY AC 100-240V 50/60HZ 7 6 1 J102 AC INLET 9 8 5 2 3 11 10 J101 A 6-1 30 40 40 38 29 37 28 27 36 26 35 34 24 25 33 32 23 31 22 21 30 29 20 19 28 18 17 27 26 25 16 15 24 23 14 13 HEAD(3) 22 21 12 11 20 10 9 24 19 18 8 7 26 17 16 15 6 5 29 28 14 13 4 3 31 30 12 11 2 1 33 32 10 9 30 35 34 8 7 28 29 37 36 6 5 26 27 39 38 4 3 24 25 1 2 1 22 23 21 3 40 39 J506 20 19 5 2 4 38 37 18 36 16 17 7 35 15 9 6 8 34 33 14 13 HEAD(2) 11 10 32 31 12 11 13 12 30 29 10 9 15 14 28 27 8 7 17 16 26 J501 6 5 18 25 19 24 4 3 20 23 21 22 21 2 1 22 20 23 24 19 30 25 18 29 26 17 28 27 16 27 28 15 14 26 25 29 30 13 24 31 12 23 32 11 22 33 10 21 34 9 20 35 8 J505 19 36 7 18 37 6 17 38 5 4 3 16 15 2 14 HEAD(1) 12 13 11 10 8 9 6 7 4 5 3 8 7 2 1 6 GND 22 27 LSB 20 25 Vcc 18 23 LSA 16 21 LEDB 14 19 LEDR J208 +26V 12 17 REGOUT ENGINE CONTROLLER +5V 10 15 POUT 8 13 THERM 6 11 4 GND 4 9 DI_IN GND Vcc 2 7 5 DIK0 HRESET DCLK0 IDATA0 VH VH VH SUB0 SUB0 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B0 ODD0 BE00 HENB0 DIR0 DIA0 RANK0 HS1B0 HS1A0 HS2A0 LTCLK0 EVEN0 BE01 HENB0 39 5 6 THERM_IN 3 7 DIK1 HRESET DCLK1 IDATA1 VH VH VH SUB1 SUB1 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B1 ODD1 BE10 HENB1 DIR1 DIA1 RANK1 HS1B1 HS1A1 HS2A1 LTCLK1 EVEN1 BE11 HENB1 VH VH VH GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) O_HRESET LSA LSB REGISENS REGI_HOLD H5VCNTN O_R5VCONTN P26SUP O_DI_RNKSEL0 O_DI_RNKSEL1 O_DI_RNKSEL2 O_HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL1 O_HD_DT0 O_HD_DT1 O_HD_DT2 O_HD_DT3 O_HD_CLK O_HD_LTCLK O_SUBH0 O_SUBH1 O_SUBH2 O_SUBH3 GND LED_CONT_R LED_CONT_L GND HABA_IN REGILOOK RANK_IN 8 DIK2 HRESET DCLK2 IDATA2 VH VH VH SUB2 SUB2 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B2 ODD2 BE20 HENB2 DIR2 DIA2 RANK2 HS1B2 HS1A2 HS2A2 LTCLK2 EVEN2 BE21 HENB2 Vcc GND O_OHTP0 O_OHTP1 O_OHTP2 O_OHTP3 GND O_EHTP0 O_EHTP1 O_EHTP2 O_EHTP3 GND Vcc BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 GND HLDTRG GND GND OCRCDET GND COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN GND GND 1 SUB3 SUB3 GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) GND(H) Vcc GND GND HS2B3 ODD3 BE30 HENB3 DIR3 DIA3 RANK3 HS1B3 HS1A3 HS2A3 LTCLK3 EVEN3 BE31 HENB3 DIK3 HRESET DCLK3 IDATA3 VH VH VH BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram 3 2 30 28 29 26 27 24 25 22 23 21 1 General circuit diagram (2/3) PAPER SENSOR LINEAR SCALE/LINEAR SENSOR F J207 39 40 1 J510 J504 20 18 19 17 16 15 14 13 2 12 11 3 10 9 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 E 1 J502 J509 CARRIAGE CONTROLLER D J503 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 C B HEAD(0) A 6-2 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 General circuit diagram (3/3) F CENTRONICS RS-232C 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 3 2 5 4 7 6 9 8 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 SELIN Vcc N.C. GND /FAULT /INT GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND Vcc FG GND N.C. AFD SELECT PE BUSY /ACK DATA7 DATA6 DATA5 DATA4 DATA3 DATA2 DATA1 DATA0 /STB RI RTS CTS DTR GND DSR RD TD CD CN605 1 CN604 J701 CN602 1 40 1 40 2 39 2 39 3 38 3 38 4 37 4 37 5 36 5 36 6 35 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 EXPANSION SLOT 34 SIM602 IMAGE CONTROLLER 7 34 8 8 33 9 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 EXPANSION SLOT 35 7 33 SIM601 6 9 32 32 10 10 31 31 11 11 30 30 12 12 29 29 13 13 28 28 14 14 27 27 15 15 26 26 16 16 25 25 17 17 24 24 18 18 23 23 19 19 22 22 20 20 21 21 J602 CN607 1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a PKEY0 PVcc PKEY1 CPURSTL PKEY2 Vss PKEY3 R/WN PKEY4 Vss PKEY5 RS BUZZER VEE RSV1 LCDE Vss Vss PLED0 PDAT7 PLED1 PDAT6 PLED2 PDAT5 PLED3 PDAT4 PLED4 Vss PLED5 PDAT3 PLED6 PDAT2 PLED7 PDAT1 PLED8 PDAT0 PLED9 Vss RSV2 RSV3 1 2 RSV2 PKEY0 PLED9 PKEY1 PLED8 PKEY2 PLED7 PKEY3 PLED6 PKEY4 PLED5 PKEY5 PLED4 BUZZER PLED3 RSV1 PLED2 Vss PLED1 PLED0 CN701 1 24 24 2 23 3 23 3 22 4 22 4 21 5 21 5 20 6 20 E 6 19 7 19 7 18 8 18 8 17 9 17 9 16 16 10 10 15 15 11 11 14 14 12 12 13 13 1 CN702 1 22 22 PVcc 2 2 RSV3 21 21 CPURSTL 3 3 Vss 20 20 Vss 4 4 PDAT0 19 19 R/WN 5 5 PDAT1 18 18 Vss 6 6 PDAT2 17 17 RS 7 7 PDAT3 16 16 VEE 8 8 Vss 15 15 LCDE 9 9 PDAT4 14 14 Vss 10 10 PDAT5 13 13 PDAT7 11 11 PDAT6 12 OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER D C 12 VENB PIXRDY PIXCLK Vcc Vcc Vcc PIX0 PIX1 PIX2 PIX3 PIX4 PIX5 GND GND PIX6 PIX7 TxD RxD GND GND CTS RTS CPRDY PPRDY DSR DTR EXT0 EXT1 EXT2 EXT3 EXT4 EXT5 J702 J209 B 1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a ENGINE CONTROLLER A 6-3 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 B. IMAGE CONTROLLER 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (1/12) CA[31..2] CD[31..0] C605 CA[31..2] (11/12-F7) CD[31..0] (11/12-F7) 4700p GND F L601 VCC 72 1 12 20 28 32 37 44 50 61 71 79 82 96 99 103 115 127 140 148 154 168 171 180 190 VCC Y602 R879 5 C664 33P GND VCC VCC VCC R715 2.2K R711 4.7K U613 R714 10Kf 5 7 (8/12-D5) 6 SOFTSW 2 R710 3.9Kf 1 4 VCC C615 2.2uF VCC RESET VSA OUTC 8 3 VSB VSC VCC CT R875 4.7K VCC GND R712 4.7K R810 4.7K CPURSTL (7/12-E3) RESETL 87 U608A U608B (8/12-D5) 1 4 GND 2 C645 0.01u 5 C610 0.01u C611 0.01u C688 0.01u C609 0.01u 91 3 6 (2/12-C8)(7/12-D7)(10/12-E6) RSTL GND GND VCC 46 GND (5/12-C8) (7/12-E1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-C8) 2 RST 1 181 GND TP605 R697 (10/12-C6) 43 85 U631A GND READYL 33 182 184 C607 33P 40 GND 57 VCC 58 59 60 (7/12-E3) (7/12-E3) 108 ABORTL 93 INTL (7/12-E3) DBINTL (7/12-C4) OSINTL (7/12-C4) EVENTL (5/12-D8) 232INTL (9/12-D8) RXINT (9/12-D8) TXINT (10/12-B3) RSINT 94 95 100 101 102 106 107 CLKIN D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 D31 RESET BE0 STEST BE1 ONCE CLKMODE U607 BE2 80960CF(PQFP) BE3 HOLD W/R READY ADS BTERM FAIL BOFF PCLK1 DREQ0 PCLK2 DREQ1 HOLDA DREQ2 BREQ DREQ3 D/C NMI SUP XINT0 WAIT XINT1 BLAST XINT2 DT/R XINT3 DEN XINT4 LOCK XINT5 DMA XINT6 DACK0 XINT7 EOP/TC0 DACK1 2 7 16 24 30 38 39 49 56 VCC C608 0.1uF C612 0.1uF C665 0.1uF C650 0.1uF GND C656 0.1uF EOP/TC1 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND DACK2 EOP/TC2 DACK3 GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND R921 4.7K A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 EOP/TC3 36 35 34 33 27 26 25 23 22 21 19 18 17 15 14 13 11 10 9 8 6 5 4 3 195 194 192 191 189 188 187 186 CD0 CD1 CD2 CD3 CD4 CD5 CD6 CD7 CD8 CD9 CD10 CD11 CD12 CD13 CD14 CD15 CD16 CD17 CD18 CD19 CD20 CD21 CD22 CD23 CD24 CD25 CD26 CD27 CD28 CD29 CD30 CD31 E 170 172 175 176 CBE0L (11/12-A7) CBE1L (11/12-A7) CBE2L (11/12-A7) CBE3L 164 RDL 178 D (11/12-A7) (10/12-D6) ADSL (10/12-D6) 45 R880 78 33 74 PCLK1 (10/12-E6) WAITL (10/12-D6) C666 33P 179 GND 155 159 158 162 VCC R701 10K 169 163 DTRL 167 DENL 156 160 62 66 63 67 64 68 65 69 (10/12-C6) BLASTL (5/12-F8) (7/12-E5) (10/12-C6) C VCC R700 10K VCC U620A R696 10K VCC LED603 1 VCC 330 R695 10K VCC U620B LED604 R694 10K R969 2 3 VCC R970 4 330 R693 10K 70 75 77 81 83 88 89 92 98 105 109 110 121 125 131 135 147 150 161 165 173 174 185 196 R713 4.7K 111 112 113 114 116 117 118 119 120 122 123 124 128 129 130 132 133 134 136 137 138 139 141 142 143 144 145 151 152 153 CA2 CA3 CA4 CA5 CA6 CA7 CA8 CA9 CA10 CA11 CA12 CA13 CA14 CA15 CA16 CA17 CA18 CA19 CA20 CA21 CA22 CA23 CA24 CA25 CA26 CA27 CA28 CA29 CA30 CA31 33 33MHz(DIP) GND VCCPLL VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC 8 4 GND B GND GND VCC C667 0.1uF C668 0.1uF C669 0.1uF C651 0.1uF C652 0.1uF C653 0.1uF C657 0.1uF GND A 6-4 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (2/12) (5/12-F8) (10/12-F6) (11/12-F2) D[31..0] (11/12-F2) A[31..2] D[31..0] F A[31..2] U612 A2 25 A3 24 A4 23 A5 22 A6 21 A7 20 A8 19 A9 18 A10 8 A11 7 A12 6 A13 5 A14 4 A15 3 A16 2 A17 1 A18 48 A19 17 A20 16 26 28 11 U618 A0 A1 DQ0 A2 DQ1 A3 DQ2 A4 DQ3 A5 A6 A7 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 A8 DQ7 A9 DQ8 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 RESET CE RY/BY OE BYTE WE 25 29 D0 A3 24 31 D1 A4 23 33 D2 A5 22 35 D3 A6 21 38 D4 A7 20 40 D5 A8 19 42 D6 A9 18 44 D7 A10 8 30 D8 A11 7 32 D9 A12 6 34 D10 A13 5 36 D11 A14 4 39 D12 A15 3 41 D13 A16 2 43 D14 A17 1 45 D15 A18 48 A19 17 A20 16 A17 A18 A2 12 15 47 26 VCC 28 11 XU601 (11/12-A5) A0 A1 DQ0 A2 DQ1 A3 DQ2 A4 DQ3 A5 A6 A7 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 A8 DQ7 A9 DQ8 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 11 BE1L 29 D16 A2 10 31 D17 A3 9 33 D18 A4 8 35 D19 A5 7 38 D20 A6 6 40 D21 A7 5 42 D22 A8 4 44 D23 A9 42 30 D24 A10 41 32 D25 A11 40 34 D26 A12 39 36 D27 A13 38 39 D28 A14 37 41 D29 A15 36 43 D30 A16 35 45 D31 A17 34 A18 3 A17 A18 RESET CE RY/BY OE BYTE 12 A19 15 2 12 47 14 VCC 43 WE A0 A1 DQ0 A2 DQ1 A3 DQ2 A4 DQ3 A5 A6 A7 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 A8 DQ7 A9 DQ8 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 15 D0 17 D1 19 D2 21 D3 24 D4 26 D5 28 D6 30 D7 16 D8 18 D9 20 D10 22 D11 25 D12 27 D13 29 D14 31 D15 E D A17 A18 RESET CE RY/BY OE BYTE 44 1 33 VCC WE C (1/12-D6) (10/12-C6) (10/12-C6) RSTL FWE0L (10/12-C6) FWE3L (10/12-C6) BFROML VCC 33 R938 FOEL (10/12-C6) (10/12-C2) R939 FROML 33 R706 10K R937 R705 10K R881 10K 33 R936 33 U608C R707 9 33 JP602 R709 BOOTCSL R703 8 10 33 33 U608D (10/12-C6) R704 BFOEL (10/12-C2) BOOTOEL (10/12-C2) BOOTWRL 12 33 JP601 R708 33 R702 11 13 33 B JP604 R882 33 VCC C616 0.1uF GND C613 0.1uF C658 0.1uF A 6-5 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (3/12) F MD[31..0] (12/12-F2) MD[31..0] (12/12-F2) MA[10..0] MA[10..0] E U616 U602 MA0 21 MA1 22 MA2 23 MA3 24 MA4 27 MA5 28 MA6 29 MA7 30 MA8 31 MA9 32 A0 I/O0 A1 I/O1 A2 I/O2 A3 I/O3 A4 I/O4 A5 I/O5 A6 I/O6 A7 I/O7 A8 I/O8 A9 I/O9 I/O10 18 35 34 17 33 RAS I/O11 LCAS I/O12 UCAS I/O13 WE I/O14 OE I/O15 2 MD0 3 MD1 4 MD2 5 MD3 7 MD4 U611 MA0 21 MA1 22 MA2 23 MA3 8 MD5 9 MD6 10 MD7 41 MD8 42 MD9 24 MA4 27 MA5 28 MA6 29 MA7 30 MA8 31 MA9 43 MD10 44 MD11 46 MD12 47 MD13 48 MD14 32 I/O0 A1 I/O1 A2 I/O2 A3 I/O3 A4 I/O4 A5 I/O5 A6 I/O6 A7 I/O7 A8 I/O8 A9 I/O9 I/O10 18 35 34 17 MD15 49 A0 33 VCC RAS I/O11 LCAS I/O12 UCAS I/O13 WE I/O14 OE I/O15 2 MD16 3 MD17 U606 MA0 21 MA1 22 MA2 23 MA3 24 MD18 4 MD19 5 7 MD20 8 MD21 MA4 27 MA5 28 MA6 29 MA7 30 MA8 31 MD22 9 MD23 10 MD24 41 42 MD25 43 MD26 MA9 32 15 16 19 20 36 40 NC VCC NC VCC NC VCC 1 18 MD28 46 35 47 MD29 48 MD30 49 MD31 NC GND NC GND I/O2 I/O3 A4 I/O4 A5 I/O5 A6 A7 A8 A9 I/O6 I/O7 I/O8 I/O9 34 17 33 RAS I/O11 LCAS I/O12 UCAS I/O13 WE I/O14 OE I/O15 MD0 3 MD1 4 MD2 5 MD3 7 MD4 8 MD5 9 MD6 10 MD7 41 MD8 42 MD9 43 MD10 44 MD11 46 MD12 47 MD13 MA0 21 MA1 22 MA2 23 MA3 24 MA4 27 MA5 28 MA6 29 MA7 30 MA8 31 MA9 32 18 35 34 48 MD14 49 MD15 11 6 15 25 16 26 20 45 36 50 40 NC VCC NC VCC NC VCC 1 NC GND NC GND I/O1 A2 I/O2 A3 I/O3 A4 I/O4 A5 I/O5 A6 I/O6 A7 I/O7 A8 I/O8 A9 I/O9 17 33 RAS I/O11 LCAS I/O12 UCAS I/O13 WE I/O14 OE I/O15 2 MD16 3 MD17 4 MD18 5 MD19 7 MD20 8 MD21 9 MD22 10 MD23 41 MD24 42 MD25 43 MD26 44 MD27 46 MD28 47 MD29 48 MD30 6 15 25 16 26 20 45 36 50 40 GND D MD31 49 VCC 11 19 GND I/O0 A1 GND NC NC A0 I/O10 VCC 19 GND A3 I/O1 2 GND NC NC A2 I/O0 I/O10 VCC 11 A1 MD27 44 GND A0 NC VCC NC VCC NC VCC GND 1 11 6 15 25 16 NC 19 NC GND NC GND NC GND 26 20 45 36 50 40 GND NC VCC NC VCC NC VCC 1 6 25 NC NC GND NC GND NC GND 26 45 C 50 GND GND TP619 (10/12-D2) RAS0L (10/12-D2) RAS1L TP626 (10/12-D2) CAS0AL (10/12-D2) CAS1AL (10/12-D2) CAS2AL (10/12-D2) CAS3AL R955 R951 R952 TP624 R949 R950 TP625 (10/12-D2) R953 DWEL R954 33 33 33 33 33 33 WEL 22 (4/12-B8) B VCC C673 0.1uF C663 0.1uF C677 0.1uF C674 0.1uF C662 0.1uF C649 0.1uF C648 0.1uF C642 0.1uF GND A 6-6 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (4/12) F (12/12-F2) (12/12-F2) MD[31..0] MD[31..0] MA[10..0] MA[10..0] SIM601 1 MD0 GND 2 MD16 3 MD1 4 MD17 5 MD2 6 MD18 7 MD3 8 MD19 9 VCC 10 11 MA0 12 MA1 13 MA2 14 MA3 15 MA4 16 MA5 17 MA6 18 MA10 19 MD4 20 MD20 21 MD5 22 MD21 23 MD6 24 MD22 25 MD7 26 MD23 27 MA7 28 29 VCC 30 MA8 31 MA9 32 33 34 35 36 VSS D0 SIM602 NC NC D16 VSS D1 CAS0 D17 CAS2 D2 CAS3 D18 CAS1 D3 RAS0 D19 RAS1 VCC NC NC WE A0 NC A1 D8 A2 D24 A3 D9 A4 D25 A5 D10 A6 D26 A10 D11 D4 D27 D20 D12 D5 D28 D21 VCC D6 D29 D22 D13 D7 D30 D23 D14 A7 D31 NC D15 VCC NC A8 PD1 A9 PD2 RAS3 PD3 RAS2 PD4 NC NC NC VSS 37 1 38 MD0 GND 2 39 MD16 3 40 GND MD1 4 41 MD17 5 42 MD2 6 43 MD18 7 44 MD3 8 45 MD19 9 46 VCC 10 11 47 48 MA0 12 49 MD8 MA1 13 50 MD24 MA2 14 51 MD9 MA3 15 52 MD25 MA4 16 53 MD10 MA5 17 54 MD26 MA6 18 55 MD11 MA10 19 56 MD27 MD4 20 57 MD12 MD20 21 58 MD28 MD5 22 MD21 23 59 VCC 60 MD29 MD6 24 61 MD13 MD22 25 62 MD30 MD7 26 63 MD14 MD23 27 MA7 28 VCC VCC VCC MD31 64 MD15 65 R816 10K R814 4.7K 29 R815 4.7K 66 VCC (10/12-D2) SM1T0 67 68 69 TP602 SM1T1 (10/12-D2) 30 MA8 31 MA9 32 33 70 34 71 35 72 36 VSS NC D0 NC D16 VSS D1 CAS0 D17 CAS2 D2 CAS3 D18 CAS1 D3 RAS0 D19 RAS1 VCC NC NC WE A0 NC A1 D8 A2 D24 A3 D9 A4 D25 A5 D10 A6 D26 A10 D11 D4 D27 D20 D12 D5 D28 D21 VCC D6 D29 D22 D13 D7 D30 D23 D14 A7 D31 NC D15 VCC NC A8 PD1 A9 PD2 RAS3 PD3 RAS2 PD4 NC NC NC VSS GND (10/12-D2) RAS2L (1012/-D2) RAS3L (10/12-E2) RAS4L (10/12-E2) (10/12-D2) TP615 R942 TP620 R941 TP616 R944 TP621 R943 TP618 R948 TP622 R945 TP623 R947 TP617 R946 RAS5L CAS0BL (10/12-D2) CAS1BL (10/12-D2) CAS2BL (10/12-D2) CAS3BL 39 40 GND 41 42 43 44 E 45 46 47 48 49 MD8 50 MD24 51 MD9 52 MD25 53 MD10 54 MD26 55 MD11 56 MD27 57 MD12 58 59 D MD28 VCC 60 MD29 61 MD13 62 MD30 63 MD14 64 MD31 VCC 65 MD15 66 VCC VCC R817 R819 R818 10K 4.7K 4.7K (10/12-D2) SM2T0 67 68 69 SM2T1 (10/12-D2) TP603 70 C 71 72 GND 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 TP604 (3/12-B1) 37 38 WEL B VCC R935 10K VCC JP605 CLL C646 0.1uF C647 0.1uF C671 0.1uF C672 0.1uF (10/12-D3) GND GND A 6-7 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 D[31..0] D[31..0] 645ID[7..0] U604 (10/12-F6) (11/12-F2) (10/12-D2) 4 645ID[7..0] (2/12-F8) (1/12-C2) 5 D0 2 D1 3 D2 4 D3 5 D4 6 D5 7 D6 8 D7 9 R605 DTRL 1 100 A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A6 B6 A7 B7 A8 B8 DIR EG 18 645ID0 17 645ID1 16 645ID2 15 645ID3 14 645ID4 13 645ID5 12 645ID6 11 645ID7 3 2 1 Image controller (5/12) (12/12-A7) (6/12-F7) (7/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2) ID[7..0] F 19 R604 IOSELL 100 VCC U627 541IA[2..0] 541IA[2..0] BE0L (11/12-A5) BE1L 2 3 A2 (10/12-D2) IORDL (10/12-D2) IOWRL 4 5 6 VCC 7 8 R603 10K 9 1 A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A6 B6 A7 B7 A8 B8 DIR EG 18 541IA0 17 541IA1 16 541IA2 15 14 13 12 11 IA[2..0] (7/12-B7) IO_WRL (7/12-B7) (7/12-F1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-D8) 19 ID7 8 ID6 7 ID5 6 ID4 5 ID3 2 ID2 1 ID1 28 27 11 10 VCC 12 IA0 R964 10K C2+ V- C2- GND T1I T1O 13 17 DB7 TRNDT DB6 RCVDT DB5 RTS DB4 DTR DB3 CTS DB2 DSR 19 7 3 6 23 20 24 21 17 8 22 5 26 DB1 DB0 TRNCLK 9 22 25 19 24 CS T2I T2O T3I T3O T4I T4O R1O R1I R2O R2I R3O R3I R4O R4I R5O R5I EN SHDN 10 2 15 TP634 9 14 TP636 16 18 R1032 10K 20 7.3728MHz GND 21 RST R813 10K R812 1k GND E 3 1 28 9 4 CN605 27 1 L628 23 18 25 VCC 2 L626 3 L627 4 5 RD 6 WR 7 CMDT L625 U631D (1/12-D6) V+ C621 0.1uF U632 13 (7/12-D1) 15 16 IO_RDL ID0 8 C1- 11 C622 0.1uF SCU0L 232INTL (12/12-B2) IA[2..0] (7/12-F1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-D8) RCVCLK (1/12-C6) VCC C638 0.1uF 14 GND (10/12-C2) C1+ C637 0.1uF U603 (11/12-A5) 12 (12/12-A7) 8 9 TRNRDY CD TD RD DSR GND DTR CTS RTS D RI RCVRDY FG SYNC/BRK TRNEMP VCC CLOCK VCC RST GND 26 4 GND (7/12-C1) 232CLK C IA[2..0] U619 ID0 11 ID1 12 ID2 13 ID3 15 ID4 16 ID5 17 ID6 18 ID7 19 26 (10/12-C6) EEPROML (10/12-C6) EEPOEL (10/12-C6) EEPWEL 20 22 27 1 IO0 A0 IO1 A1 IO2 A2 IO3 A3 IO4 A4 IO5 A5 IO6 A6 IO7 A7 A13 A8 CE A9 OE A10 WE A11 A14 A12 10 IA0 9 IA1 8 IA2 7 A3 6 A4 5 A5 4 A6 3 A7 25 A8 24 A9 21 A10 23 A11 2 A12 B GND (11/12-F2) A[31..2] A[31..2] VCC C603 0.1uF GND C602 0.1uF C739 0.1uF C614 0.1uF C636 0.1uF C620 0.1uF A 6-8 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (6/12) VCC (6/12-B1) R986 R985 R984 R983 R982 R981 R980 R979 ID[7..0] CN604 ID1 ID2 ID3 ID4 10 11 13 14 19 ID5 20 ID6 21 ID7 22 15 U623 23 D3 Q4 D4 Q5 D5 Q6 D6 Q7 D7 Q8 D8 FF RS RD WR EF FL/RT XO/HF XI 14 4 15 31 16 30 17 29 18 28 19 R978 3 10K 1 VCC D7 Q6 D6 Q5 D5 Q4 D4 Q3 D3 Q2 D1 OC CLK 7 R1026 R1022 5 4 R1020 3 R1018 2 R1016 2 R1027 4.7K L620 3 330 R1025 4.7K L619 4 330 R1023 4.7K L618 5 330 R1021 4.7K L617 6 330 R1019 4.7K L616 7 4.7K L615 8 330 4.7K L614 9 L612 10 L611 11 L610 12 L609 13 L608 14 R1017 11 (6/12-B1) C729 C728 C727 C726 C725 C724 C723 C722 IVCC D601 2 U621A 26 330 330 GND 25 R1024 6 D2 Q1 8 VCC 8 GND 1 CHFL CWRL Q3 5 Q7 330 R1029 330PF (8/12-C5) D2 13 R1028 330PF CEFL (10/12-C2) 1 L621 R1031 R1030 9 D8 330PF 24 Q2 6 Q8 330PF 47 D1 12 330PF (10/12-C2) 18 R976 Q1 7 330PF CRDL D0 330PF (10/12-C2) 9 Q0 330PF CFFL L613 4.7K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K U622 ID0 (10/12-C2) F D602 ID[7..0] 2 (5/12-F5)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)(12/12-D2) IVCC GND (10/12-C2) 15 R977 47 CRSTL 17 R974 10K (10/12-B2) 16 FG VCC R1041 4 CSTBH R1015 U621B C717 470pF U620C 1K 19 1K R1014 3 18 FG 20 100 21 GND R1013 L623 22 3.3K (10/12-B2) 5 CACKL 23 6 24 25 U620D R1012 9 CBSYH 26 L624 1K (10/12-B2) 8 27 28 U620E R1011 L622 29 3.3K (10/12-B2) 11 PE 30 10 GND U620F L607 31 L606 32 R1010 33 3.3K (10/12-B2) 13 SELECT 12 VCC 34 FG 35 R1040 R971 10K (10/12-B2) 3.3K 3.3K 8 AFXT 36 R1009 U621D 9 /STB DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 DATA4 DATA5 DATA6 DATA7 /ACK BUSY E PE SELECT /AFD NC. GND FG +5V GND GND GND GND GND GND D GND GND GND GND GND GND /INIT /FAULT GND NC. +5V /SELIN R1008 VCC 100 C719 470pF R972 10K (10/12-B2) R1007 3.3K 10 INIT C GND U621E 11 R1006 100 C718 0.01u U601C GND R1005 3.3K (10/12-B2) 5 NFAULT 6 VCC R975 10K (10/12-B2) R1039 U621C 6 SELIN 3.3K 5 1 3 L629 VCC IVCC R1038 100 C738 470pF GND (6/12-E4) (6/12-F4) C736 0.1uF 2 L630 FG GND FG B VCC C720 0.1uF C716 0.1uF C715 0.1uF C641 0.1uF C721 0.1uF GND A 6-9 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (7/12) VCC R1037 R1036 R1035 R1034 10K 10K 10K 10K ID[7..0] ID[7..0] (5/12-F5) (6/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2) VCC CN601 A11 A10 U615 ID7 ID6 2 3 ID5 4 ID4 5 ID3 A1 A2 7 ID1 8 ID0 9 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A6 B6 A7 1 DTRL (1/12-C2) B7 A8 B8 DIR EG GND A9 18 17 A8 16 A7 15 A6 14 A5 13 A4 12 A3 11 A2 19 A1 GND IO_RDL ID7 IO_WRL GND ID6 ID5 DBCLK ID4 GND ID3 ABORTL ID2 RESETL DBINTL ID1 ID0 INTL IA0 RST IA[2..0] IA[2..0] (12/12-B2) B2 A3 6 ID2 B1 SCU2L VCC SCU2L F B1 B2 U614 2 B3 3 B4 4 B5 5 B6 R793 B7 GND R792 B8 R791 B9 R790 B10 220 220 220 220 6 (1/12-C6) ABORTL (1/12-D8) RESETL (1/12-C6) DBINTL (1/12-C6) INTL 7 8 9 1 B11 C634 C633 C632 C631 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 18 A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A6 B6 A7 B7 A8 B8 DIR EG 17 16 SCU2L (10/12-C2) IO_RDL (5/12-E6) IO_WRL (5/12-E6) 15 14 DBCLK (7/12-B1) 13 12 (1/12-D6) RST 11 IA0 IA[2..0] IA[2..0] (12/12-B2) E 19 GND (10/12-C2) VCC 12 D Q 33 7.3728MHz R874 CLK CL 11 PR 10 GND U605B 9 Q C655 33P 8 ID0 8 ID1 7 ID2 5 1 ID3 4 2 ID4 43 GND 13 (1/12-D6) RSTL Y601 VCC 5 6 ACKTB 7 (8/12-C5) 8 4 ST OUT A OUT2 ID5 B 42 ID6 C 41 ID7 VCC 40 D1 D2 CLK0 D3 G0 D4 OUT0 D6 CLK1 D7 G1 OUT1 GND 37 29 IA0 IA1 30 9 15 U609 VCC 10 REFL (10/12-E2) D5 GND 32 A0 A1 CLK2 G2 OUT2 8 ID1 7 ID2 5 ID3 4 ID4 43 ID5 42 ID6 41 24 19 VCC 18 OSINTL (1/12-C6) RD WR ID0 27 ID7 25 40 31 PTCL D0 D1 D2 CLK0 D3 G0 D4 OUT0 EVENTL (1/12-C6) 32 CS (5/12-E6) IO_RDL IA0 29 IA1 30 15 10 VCC 33 ENGCLK R878 D6 D7 CLK1 G1 OUT1 26 9 24 19 18 CLK2 A0 G2 A1 OUT2 (10/12-C2) RSVCS2L C660 33P 27 232CLK (5/12-C8) GND 25 26 VCC R876 DBCLK 33 31 C VCC 33 R877 WR (9/12-C8) GND RD IO_WRL (5/12-E6) C661 33P D5 VCC 37 (10/12-C2) D D0 (7/12-E1) CS B 33 CENCK (10/12-E6) R638 C676 0.1uF C670 0.1uF C659 0.1uF C675 0.1uF C644 0.1uF 3 GND D PR 2 C654 0.1uF Q CL 4 VCC Q U605A 5 CLK 6 A 1 (8/12-D5) ACKTA 3 (5/12-C8) (9/12-C8) U610 GND 6-10 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (8/12) VCC 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K PLED6 13 PLED7 14 PLED8 15 PLED9 16 VSS PLED0 (8/12-D5) PLED3 PLED[9..8] R1051 PLED1 PLED2 PLED3 100 R1050 PLED4 PLED4 100 VCC R934 PLED5 100 R933 PLED6 PLED6 100 17 18 PKEY0 TP661 C769C768C767C766C765C764C763C762C761C760C759C758C757C756C695C694 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p PKEY1 TP649 PKEY3 TP633 100 U601B LED602 R602 100 330 3 330 BUZZER 19 20 ACKTA (7/12-D8) ACKTB (7/12-C8) ATP0 (10/12-B2) ATP1 (10/12-B2) GND 10K 10K VCC DA607B DA607C DA607D DA611A DA611B DA611C DA611D DA614A 2 VCC 2 DA605A DA605B GND DA605C DA605D DA609A DA609B DA609C DA609D DA613A DA613B DA613C DA613D DA614B 5 (6/12-E7) C (9/12-E1) GND 1 CTSL CHFL C 3 GND 4 7 C617 0.1uF L603 BLM21B03PT 2 6 BLM21B03PT C 8 PG 4 5 (8/12-D2) 6 9 C 10 4 1 3 6 PVCC 5 7 L604 (8/12-D2) C 11 1 PC7 12 2 5 DSW601 1 8 C R789 R788 R787 GND R786 PC5 PC6 3 R1087 VDD GND DA607A GND 9 PC4 23 R1086 13 R784 12 R785 VCC DA603D 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K PC3 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P DA603C GND 11 PC2 C630C629C628C627C626C625C624C623 DA603B 3 VCC DA603A R799 10 4 22 4.7K (8/12-F1) C 21 PC1 PVCC VCC C689C693C692C691C690C748C749C750C751C752C753C754C755 1000p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 6 4 5 2 18 PC0 CPURSTL C U630C GND R798 RESET D VSS 40 4.7K TP631 10K 10K 32 R/W 39 PVCC 1 PB7 5 C CS TP630 6 C 16 3 1 15 4 C PB6 VSS U631C 6 PB5 WR (8/12-C4) R797 RSVCS1L RD VCC 74LS14 R796 2 (1/12-E8) SOFTSW U631B 3 35 RS R940 PB3 VEE 38 PG (8/12-C4) R795 A1 36 14 PB4 44 4 R967 4 IA1 1K LCDE R928 5 PA7 PB2 35 U630B 36 D7 A0 100 VSS 37 PB1 5 34 37 PB0 IA0 CPURSTL 100 PDAT7 R932 2 D6 (1/12-D8) PDAT6 R931 C PA6 PLED9 R/W 33 4 D5 PLED8 38 RS 100 4 PA5 39 (8/12-D6) (8/12-D6) (8/12-D4) R/W VEE 32 R930 4 D4 (8/12-D4) (8/12-D6) 100 R929 C PA4 RS LCDE 3 24 D3 (8/12-D4) (8/12-D6) 31 6 25 PA3 40 VEE (8/12-E5) PLED[9..8] 100 C ID7 26 D2 41 30 PDAT7 1 ID6 27 PA2 (8/12-D4) PDAT5 PDAT6 100 4 ID5 28 D1 R1043 C ID4 29 R925 ID3 30 PA1 R924 ID2 D0 LCDE 42 PDAT4 29 100 10K 10K R926 ID1 31 28 PDAT5 R1044 R1042 R927 43 PA0 220 R807 220 R806 220 R805 220 R804 220 R803 220 R802 220 R801 220 R800 VCC R601 330 U629 ID0 LED601 2 R923 R809 R808 U601A 1 R922 10K 10K VSS PDAT4 R1045 10K 10K 10K 10K PDAT3 27 100 4 PDAT2 26 PDAT3 1 3 PDAT1 25 PDAT2 R1046 VCC PDAT0 24 PDAT1 100 R1047 VCC VSS PDAT0 100 R1048 PKEY5 GND RSV3 23 R1049 PKEY4 TP659 RSV2 22 GND E PLED9 21 TP632 TP648 PLED8 20 PKEY2 TP660 PLED7 19 6 TP650 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 1 PLED7 C TP655 6 PLED5 TP644 1 TP656 C TP645 5 TP657 VCC C735 0.1uF C714 0.1uF C733 0.1uF 1 C 1 C 4 6 DA601D 5 DA601C 3 DA601B 2 6 DA601A C 4 C 1 C C 4 1 DA604D 5 DA604C 3 DA604B 2 6 DA604A C 4 C 1 C 1 DA608D 5 DA608C 3 2 DA608B C 4 C 4 C 1 DA608A 6 DA612D 5 DA612C C 1 C 4 DA612B 3 DA612A 2 VCC C C 4 GND VCC C734 0.1uF 3 C DA602D B 4 2 C DA602C 4 6 C DA602B 1 5 C DA602A 1 3 C DA606D 4 C 2 6 C DA606C 4 DA606B 1 5 C DA606A 1 3 C DA610D 4 2 C DA610C 4 6 C DA610B 1 5 C DA610A 1 DA615D C 3 2 C DA615C 4 DA615B 4 1 DA615A 6 5 GND GND U601D 8 8 U601E U630D 3 9 9 DA614C 11 10 4 (10/12-C2) 12 RSV1 100 2 6 R1052 5 PC7 PLED2 C GND 7 PLED5 BUZZER 100 TP646 1 3 8 11 1 PC6 9 PLED4 C PC5 10 6 VDD PLED3 3 PC4 23 9 C VCC 13 PLED2 R968 PC3 12 R1053 R1080 PC2 11 PLED1 R1081 PC1 10 TP658 R1082 PC0 PKEY5 100 R965 RESET 22 8 4 PB7 PLED1 1 CS 21 PKEY4 100 R1054 PLED0 R1083 32 RST PB6 TP647 R1055 R1084 (1/12-D6) 2 PIAL WR 20 PKEY3 7 BUZZER R1085 (10/12-C2) 35 PB5 19 PKEY2 100 C IO_WRL RD 18 100 R1056 1 (5/12-E6) 44 PDAT7 (8/12-D5) C IO_RDL 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K TP651 PLED0 C PB3 PB4 (5/12-E6) R1057 PDAT6 5 A1 16 6 2 4 PB2 5 PKEY5 C IA1 A0 4 PKEY4 4 5 15 PKEY3 PKEY1 100 TP640 F PKEY0 100 R1058 4 PB1 3 C IA[2..0] 14 PKEY2 3 PB0 2 100 R1059 VCC PDAT5 D7 IA[2..0] IA0 36 1 PKEY1 6 PA7 R1060 PDAT4 TP652 R1072 D6 37 PDAT3 TP641 R1073 PA6 PKEY0 100 TP653 R1074 (12/12-B2) 24 D5 38 R1075 ID7 PA5 39 R1076 25 D4 40 R1077 ID6 PA4 R1061 R1078 26 PA3 D3 PDAT2 R1079 ID5 D2 R1062 C 27 R1063 PDAT1 100 TP642 1 28 ID4 41 CN602 PDAT0 100 TP654 4 29 ID3 PA2 42 C ID2 D1 43 TP643 R1064 30 PA1 R1065 ID1 D0 R1066 (7/12-F7) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2) 31 R1067 ID0 (6/12-F7) R1068 PA0 (5/12-F5) R1069 U634 R1070 ID[7..0] R1071 ID[7..0] 10 U630E 11 U601F 13 12 12 U630F 13 GND A 6-11 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (9/12) PIX[7..0] PIX[7..0] (10/12-F2) XPIX[7..0] U625 PIX0 2 PIX1 3 PIX2 4 PIX3 5 PIX4 6 PIX5 7 PIX6 8 PIX7 9 1 19 A1 Y1 A2 Y2 A3 Y3 A4 Y4 A5 Y5 A6 Y6 A7 Y7 A8 Y8 18 XPIX0 R991 17 XPIX1 R992 16 XPIX2 R993 15 XPIX3 R994 14 XPIX4 R995 13 XPIX5 R996 12 XPIX6 R997 VCC 22 47P C698 22 47P C699 22 R998 XPIX7 11 A2 A3 22 XPIX0 22 XPIX2 47P C700 A5 22 XPIX4 47P C702 A6 47P C704 A7 22 A4 VCC G1 XPIX6 G2 R987 10K GND R989 10K R999 10K R1004 10K A8 47P C706 A9 47P C708 A10 A11 (10/12-F2) (10/12-F6) R988 VENB PIXCLK 47P C710 A12 220 4 3 2 1 A13 R990 0 U624B U624A 47P C712 A14 A15 A16 ID[7..0] (5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(12/12-D2) VCC CN607 A1 22 VENB PIXRDY PIXCLK VCC VCC VCC PIX0 PIX1 PIX2 PIX3 PIX4 PIX5 GND GND PIX6 PIX7 RXD TXD GND GND RTS CTS CPRDY DTR PPRDY DSR EXT0 EXT1 EXT2 EXT3 EXT4 EXT5 330 JP603 R794 4.7K B1 B2 B3 XPIX1 B5 XPIX3 47P C701 B6 XPIX5 47P C703 CTS DB3 DSR DB2 B7 B8 VCC TP601 47P C707 B10 47P C709 R1002 10K B11 B12 CTSL B13 B14 VCC 10 VCC 12 IA0 R966 10K R973 10K (1/12-C6) (1/12-C6) U630A 2 TXINT RXINT TP638 15 1 U621F 12 TP639 14 13 TP637 16 R1033 10K (7/12-D1) (1/12-D6) 18 20 7.3728MHz GND 21 RST VCC B16 TRNCLK DB0 CS RD CN606 CMDT TRNRDY RCVRDY SYNC/BRK VCC TRNEMP CLOCK VCC RST GND 26 4 10 3 A1 B1 A2 B2 A3 B3 A4 B4 A5 B5 A6 B6 A7 B7 A8 B8 DIR R1000 22 R1001 22 R1003 22 18 17 16 RAMWRL (10/12-B3) RAMRDL C730 0.1uF EXT2 3 EXT3 4 EXT4 5 EXT5 6 U624C 6 C741 C742 C743 C745 C746 C747 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P GND 11 10 SRA1 9 SRA2 8 SRA3 7 SRA4 6 SRA5 5 SRA6 4 SRA7 3 SRA8 25 SRA9 24 SRA10 21 SRA11 23 SRA12 2 SRA13 26 SRA14 1 U624D U624E GND 8 C 10 14 13 12 13 U624F 12 11 VCC 19 EG U628 SRA0 9 15 GND C697 0.1uF 2 U626 2 1 VCC 1 EXT1 8 5 9 SRA[14..0] EXT0 7 8 (10/12-B3) D VCC WR 7 GND C770 0.1uF GND VCC C732 0.1uF C643 0.1uF 25 6 C731 0.1uF C640 0.1uF 9 5 C740 0.1uF C601 100uF GND C737 0.1uF 4 SRA[14..0] C604 100uF GND ENGCLK (10/12-F6) C635 100uF VCC GND (7/12-C1) E 47P C713 B15 22 A0 I/O0 A1 I/O1 A2 I/O2 A3 I/O3 A4 I/O4 A5 I/O5 A6 I/O6 A7 I/O7 11 SRD0 12 SRD1 13 SRD2 15 SRD3 16 SRD4 17 SRD5 18 SRD6 19 SRD7 10K R957 13 IO_RDL IO_WRL (8/12-C5) 47P C711 GND 10K R956 SCU1L F 1 XPIX7 B9 GND 10K R958 (5/12-E6) (5/12-E6) 2 TP635 47P C705 13 (10/12-C2) 1 17 DB1 RCVCLK 11 3 23 24 10K R960 ID0 27 DTR 10K R959 ID1 28 DB4 2 3 10K R962 ID2 1 RTS 10K R963 ID3 2 RCVDT DB5 PSG 1 GND C639 100uF 10K R961 ID4 5 DB6 B TP662 12 U631F ID5 6 CG LED605 B4 CN603 CB 4 19 11 IA[2..0] TRNDT U631E ID6 7 (12/12-B2) DB7 L605 2 U633 ID7 8 R811 RSINT (10/12-B3) SRD[7..0] SRD[7..0] (10/12-F6) B A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 CS A13 OE A14 WE 20 22 27 GND A 6-12 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (10/12) F (9/12-E8) PIX[7..0] PIXCLK 4700p A[31..2] SRD[7..0] (1/12-D2) CENCK (1/12-D6) RSTL (11/12-A5) BE3L (11/12-A5) BE2L (11/12-A5) BE1L (11/12-A5) (1/12-D2) (1/12-D2) (1/12-C2) SRD[7..0] 150 153 8 PCLK1 (7/12-B4) (1/12-C2) A31 A30 A29 A28 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 100 R717 RDL 100 R698 DENL READYL (2/12-C8) FROML (2/12-C8) FOEL (2/12-B8) FWE3L FWE2L FWE1L 235 236 237 238 239 240 242 244 245 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 256 257 260 262 263 264 265 266 268 269 270 271 272 274 275 R699 WAITL (1/12-D6) 100 48 49 7 5 50 75 100 R716 100 176 177 181 180 179 178 TP628 189 190 TP627 (2/12-C8) FWE0L (2/12-B8) BFROML (2/12-B8) D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 R917 ADSL BLASTL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 38 40 41 42 43 47 46 45 44 BE0L (1/12-C2) (5/12-B8) 191 192 193 BFOEL EEPROML (5/12-B8) EEPOEL (5/12-B8) EEPWEL SRA14 SRA13 SRA12 SRA11 SRA10 SRA9 SRA8 SRA7 SRA6 SRA5 SRA4 SRA3 SRA2 SRA1 SRA0 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 215 216 219 220 221 222 SRD7 SRD6 SRD5 SRD4 SRD3 SRD2 SRD1 SRD0 223 224 225 226 227 230 233 234 PCLK CCLK RSTL SKY_SELL REFL A31 A30 A29 A28 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 MA10 MA9 MA8 MA7 MA6 MA5 MA4 MA3 MA2 MA1 MA0 MD31 MD30 MD29 MD28 MD27 MD26 MD25 MD24 MD23 MD22 MD21 MD20 MD19 MD18 MD17 MD16 MD15 MD14 MD13 MD12 MD11 MD10 MD9 MD8 MD7 MD6 MD5 MD4 MD3 MD2 MD1 MD0 BE3L BE2L BE1L BE0L D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26 D25 D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 RAS5L RAS4L RAS3L RAS2L RAS1L RAS0L CAS3AL CAS2AL CAS1AL CAS0AL U617 CAS3BL CAS2BL CAS1BL CAS0BL DWEL CLL N620L SM2T1 SM2T0 SM1T1 SM1T0 ADSL RDL WAITL DENL BLASTL READYL IOSELL IORDL IOWRL SCU01L SCU0L SCU1L SCU2L FROML FOEL FWE3L FWE2L FWE1L FWE0L PTCL PIAL DIPRDL BFROML BFOEL RSVCS1L RSVCS2L RSVCS3L EEPROML EEPOEL EEPWEL RSVCSL RSVOEL RSVWRL SRA14 SRA13 SRA12 SRA11 SRA10 SRA9 SRA8 SRA7 SRA6 SRA5 SRA4 SRA3 SRA2 SRA1 SRA0 CEFL CFFL CRSTL CRDL CWRL CDWRL COEL CSTBH CBSYH CACKL AFXT INIT SELIN PE SELECT NFAULT ATP1 ATP0 SRD7 SRD6 SRD5 SRD4 SRD3 SRD2 SRD1 SRD0 RAMRDL RAMWRL 53 147 VCC 160 162 163 164 165 167 168 170 171 173 174 GMA10 GMA9 GMA8 GMA7 GMA6 GMA5 GMA4 GMA3 GMA2 GMA1 GMA0 76 77 78 81 84 85 86 87 88 89 91 92 93 94 96 97 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 108 109 112 114 115 116 117 118 GMD31 GMD30 GMD29 GMD28 GMD27 GMD26 GMD25 GMD24 GMD23 GMD22 GMD21 GMD20 GMD19 GMD18 GMD17 GMD16 GMD15 GMD14 GMD13 GMD12 GMD11 GMD10 GMD9 GMD8 GMD7 GMD6 GMD5 GMD4 GMD3 GMD2 GMD1 GMD0 E 137 136 135 134 133 132 RAS5L (4/12-B8) RAS4L (4/12-C8) RAS3L (4/12-C8) RAS2L (4/12-C8) RAS1L (3/12-B8) RAS0L (3/12-B8) CAS3AL (3/12-B8) CAS2AL (3/12-B8) C681 0.1uF C678 0.1uF C679 0.1uF C680 0.1uF C696 0.1uF CAS0AL (3/12-B8) CAS3BL (4/12-B8) CAS2BL (4/12-B8) CAS1BL (4/12-B8) DWEL 55 CLL GND (4/12-B2) R919 100 R918 100 182 186 185 197 194 195 196 (3/12-B8) SM2T1 SM2T0 SM1T1 SM1T0 IOSELL (4/12-C2) (4/12-C2) (4/12-C5) (4/12-C5) (5/12-F8) IORDL (5/12-E8) IOWRL (5/12-E8) TP629 SCU01L SCU0L (5/12-D8) SCU1L (9/12-D8) (7/12-E5)(7/12-F1) SCU2L 198 295 294 PTCL (7/12-B5) PIAL (8/12-E8) TP611 R920 278 279 277 100 DIPRDL RSVCS1L (8/12-C8) RSVCS2L (7/12-B3) TP614 200 201 203 156 158 293 285 286 289 292 148 280 281 149 151 155 282 283 284 2 1 RSVCS3L BOOTCSL (2/12-B8) BOOTOEL (2/12-B8) BOOTWRL (2/12-B8) CEFL (6/12-E7) CFFL (6/12-E7) CRDL (6/12-E7) CWRL (6/12-E7) TP613 CDWRL TP612 RAMRDL COEL CSTBH (6/12-D7) CBSYH (6/12-D7) (9/12-A7) (9/12-A7) SCLK TXD RXD RSINT RXINT TXINT 73 74 52 70 72 71 TP608 TP607 VCC TP610 TP609 C687 0.1uF C685 0.1uF C684 0.1uF C683 0.1uF (6/12-C7) INIT (6/12-C7) SELIN NFAULT RXINT (1/12-C6)(9/12-F2) RXD (6/12-C7) (6/12-D7) SELECT TXINT RSINT C686 0.1uF (6/12-D7) AFXT PE GND C (6/12-E7) CRSTL 57 56 D (4/12-B8) CAS0BL 130 129 127 126 TP606 GND (3/12-B8) CAS1AL 124 123 121 120 152 146 145 144 142 139 (7/12-D4) REFL RAMWRL GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND C619 0.1uF (12/12-F7) GMD[31..0] CACKL VCC (12/12-F7) GMA[10..0] GMD[31..0] 4 3 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 67 GND VENB (9/12-B3) NFM61R00T101 SRA[14..0] PIXCLK PIX7 PIX6 PIX5 PIX4 PIX3 PIX2 PIX1 PIX0 SRA[14..0] GMA[10..0] VCC D[31..0] D[31..0] 6 21 36 51 65 66 79 80 95 110 111 125 140 141 154 159 169 183 184 199 213 214 228 229 243 258 259 273 287 288 A[31..2] (9/12-B7) VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC (11/12-F2) (2/12-F8)(5/12-F8)(11/12-F2) (9/12-E8) VENB GND (9/12-F7) PIX[7..0] PIX0 PIX1 PIX2 PIX3 PIX4 PIX5 PIX6 PIX7 C618 L602 9 24 39 54 68 69 82 83 90 98 107 113 119 122 128 131 138 143 157 161 166 172 175 187 188 202 217 218 231 232 241 246 255 261 267 276 290 291 296 8 (6/12-C7) (6/12-C7) ATP1 (8/12-D5) ATP0 (8/12-D5) B TXD SCLK C682 0.1uF GND A 6-13 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 A[31..2] (1/12-F1) CD[31..0] (1/12-F1) CA[31..2] (2/12-F8) CD[31..0] VCC VCC CA[31..2] R916 10K R915 10K R914 10K R913 10K R912 10K R911 10K R910 10K CA31 R909 10K A31 R636 10K R635 10K R634 10K R633 10K R632 10K R631 10K R630 10K CD31 D[31..0] R750 CA29 R749 33 A30 CD30 R872 A29 CD29 R871 33 R748 CA27 R747 CA26 R746 A28 CD28 R870 A27 CD27 R869 A26 CD26 R868 R744 D29 D28 D27 33 33 R745 F 33 33 CA24 (10/12-F6) D30 33 33 CA25 (2/12-F8) (5/12-F8) 33 33 CA28 D31 R873 33 CA30 Image controller (11/12) (5/12-B8) (10/12-F6) R637 10K R751 1 D26 33 A25 CD25 R867 A24 CD24 R866 33 D25 33 33 D24 33 VCC VCC E R908 10K R907 10K R906 10K R905 10K R904 10K R903 10K R902 10K R901 10K R629 10K CA23 R743 CA22 R742 R628 10K R627 10K R626 10K R625 10K R624 10K R623 10K R622 10K A23 CD23 R865 A22 CD22 R864 33 33 CA21 R741 CA20 R740 CA19 R739 CA18 R738 A21 CD21 R863 A20 CD20 R862 A19 CD19 R861 A18 CD18 R860 D19 33 33 R736 D20 33 33 R737 D21 33 33 CA16 D22 33 33 CA17 D23 33 D18 33 A17 CD17 R859 A16 CD16 R858 33 D17 33 33 D16 33 VCC D VCC R900 10K R899 10K R898 10K R897 10K R896 10K R895 10K R894 10K R893 10K R621 10K CA15 R735 CA14 R734 R620 10K R619 10K R618 10K R617 10K R616 10K R615 10K R614 10K A15 CD15 R857 A14 CD14 R856 33 33 CA13 R733 CA12 R732 CA11 R731 CA10 R730 A13 CD13 R855 A12 CD12 R854 A11 CD11 R853 A10 CD10 R852 D11 33 33 R728 D12 33 33 CA8 D13 33 33 R729 D14 33 33 CA9 D15 33 D10 33 A9 CD9 R851 A8 CD8 R850 33 C D9 33 33 D8 33 VCC VCC R892 10K R891 10K R890 10K R889 10K R888 10K R887 10K R613 10K CA7 R727 CA6 R726 R612 10K R611 10K R610 10K R609 10K R608 10K R607 10K R606 10K A7 CD7 R849 A6 CD6 R848 33 33 CA5 R725 CA4 R724 CA3 R723 A5 CD5 R847 A4 CD4 R846 A3 CD3 R845 D5 33 33 D4 33 33 B D3 33 A2 R722 D6 33 33 CA2 D7 33 CD2 R844 CD1 R843 CD0 R842 33 D2 33 VCC D1 33 R883 10K (1/12-D2) CBE3L (1/12-D2) CBE2L (1/12-D2) CBE1L (1/12-D2) CBE0L R884 10K R885 10K R886 10K D0 33 R718 33 R719 33 R720 33 R721 33 BE3L (10/12-E6) BE2L (10/12-D6) BE1L (2/12-F3)(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6) BE0L (5/12-E8)(10/12-D6) A 6-14 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Image controller (12/12) MD[31..0] (10/12-F2) GMA[10..0] (10/12-F2) GMD[31..0] GMA[10..0] MA[10..0] MD[31..0] (3/12-F8)(4/12-F8) MA[10..0] (3/12-F8)(4/12-F8) GMD[31..0] VCC VCC F R666 10K R667 10K R668 10K R669 10K R670 10K R671 10K R672 10K R673 10K GMD31 R639 GMD30 R640 R773 10K R774 10K R775 10K R776 10K R777 10K R778 10K R779 10K R780 10K MD31 GMA10 R757 MD30 GMA9 R758 MA10 22 22 MA9 22 GMD29 R641 GMD28 R642 GMD27 R643 GMD26 R644 22 MD29 GMA8 R759 MD28 GMA7 R760 MD27 GMA6 R761 MD26 GMA5 R762 MA8 22 22 MA7 22 22 MA6 22 22 MA5 22 GMD25 R645 GMD24 R646 22 MD25 GMA4 R763 MD24 GMA3 R764 MA4 22 22 VCC R674 10K R675 10K R676 10K R677 10K R678 10K R679 10K R680 10K R647 GMD22 R648 MA3 22 VCC R681 10K GMD23 R781 10K R782 10K R783 10K MD23 GMA2 R765 MD22 GMA1 R766 MA2 22 22 MA1 22 GMD21 R649 GMD20 R650 GMD19 R651 GMD18 R652 E 22 22 MD21 GMA0 MA0 R767 22 22 MD20 22 MD19 22 D MD18 22 GMD17 R653 GMD16 R654 MD17 22 VCC MD16 VCC 22 ID[7..0] R682 10K R683 10K R684 10K R685 10K R686 10K R687 10K R688 10K R689 10K GMD15 R655 GMD14 R656 R841 10K R840 10K R839 10K R838 10K R837 10K R836 10K R835 10K MD15 645ID7 R833 MD14 645ID6 R832 22 R657 GMD12 R658 GMD11 R659 MD13 645ID5 R831 MD12 645ID4 R830 MD11 645ID3 R829 R661 R662 MD10 645ID2 R691 10K R692 10K R768 10K R769 10K R770 10K R771 10K MD9 645ID1 R827 MD8 645ID0 R826 R663 GMD6 R664 GMD5 R665 R825 10K R824 10K IA[2..0] R823 10K MD7 541IA2 R822 MD6 541IA1 R821 MD5 541IA0 R820 R753 GMD2 R754 (5/12-E4)(7/12-E1)(7/12-E7)(8/12-E8)(9/12-E8) IA2 IA1 33 22 R752 IA[2..0] 33 22 GMD3 ID0 33 VCC 22 GMD4 ID1 33 R772 10K GMD7 ID2 33 22 R690 10K C ID3 R828 22 VCC ID4 33 22 GMD8 ID5 33 22 GMD9 ID6 33 22 R660 ID7 33 22 GMD10 (5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7) 33 22 GMD13 ID[7..0] R834 10K IA0 B 33 MD4 22 MD3 22 MD2 22 GMD1 R755 GMD0 R756 MD1 22 MD0 22 (5/12-F5) 645ID[7..0] (5/12-E4) 541IA[2..0] 645ID[7..0] 541IA[2..0] A 6-15 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 C. ENGIN CONTROLLER 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (1/17) (4/17-C7) CTS0_MC (4/17-C7) RTS0_MC (10/17-D7) DTR1_IC (10/17-C5) DSR1_IC (10/17-C5) RXD1_IC (10/17-E7) TXD1_IC VCC PPCLK DMA_CONTN (3/17-D7) (17/17-E7) FAN_CONT DOOR_VAL FANSTS (12/17-C8) (12/17-E6) (12/17-D4) F R405 10k RBN (5/17-F3) VCC DIPMD1 (4/17-D7) RXD0_MC HABA_VAL RANK THERM REGI DI (4/17-D7) TXD0_MC (2/17-D8) DOT_INTN (2/17-F8) MCNT_INTN NF218 (4/17-B6)(10/17-F1) (11/17-F5) (11/17-C5) (11/17-B5) (11/17-A5) (11/17-C5) C378 0.1uF VCC Y203 1 VCC NF207 N F 2 3 C331 0.1uF C332 10uF/50V A5V AGND VCC U228 TC7S08FU 1 B DB8 DB9 DB10 DB11 DB12 DB13 DB14 DB15 R342 R349 R341 R348 R340 R347 R339 R346 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 R338 47 R345 47 R337 R344 R336 R343 R335 R334 47 47 47 47 47 47 ADR0 ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 ADR5 V GND 4 Y 2 A C330 0.1uF CPURSTN R236 47k vcc fs4 clkout GND 5 47 R464 C327 15pF 33 33 33 REDREQ1N DACK1N REDREQ0N DACK0N EC_INTREQ0 PM_CLK HLDT BREQN (17/17-F5) GND (2/17-F2) (17/17-F5) (2/17-F2) SYSTEM_CLK (4/17-F7) (2/17-A8) (6/17-B8)(17/17-F5) (2/17-F8) BACKN RDN WRHN WRLN (2/17-F2) (2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7) (2/17-F2) (2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7) C328 15pF GND (2/17-F2) (3/17-F7) (4/17-D2) (17/17-E3) C C305 15PF VCC R398 R330 R403 R396 47k 47k 47k 47k D Y202 (16MHz) (13/17-D6) 47 VCC fs3 E 6 (2/17-F2) (3/17-F7) (4/17-D2) (17/17-E2) R350 R399 R401 R400 gnd 8 7 GND KILLERN VCC GND GND VCC VCC 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 C307 U221 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 4 x2 oe GND 3 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 VCC VCC MD2 MD1 MD0 RESN WDTOVFN VCC NMI VCC XTAL EXTAL VSS CK VCC DREQ1N DACK1N DREQ0N DACK0N PA11 TIOCA1 PA9 BREQN VSS BACKN RDN WRHN WRLN A6 A7 VSS A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 VSS A16 A17 VCC A18 A19 A20 A21 CS0N CASHN CS2N CASLN VSS CS4N RASN PA2/CS6N/TIOCB0 PA3/CS7N/WAITN (4/17-C7) (4/17-C7) IRQ6N IRQ7N VSS AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 VSS AD8 AD9 VCC AD10 AD11 AD12 AD13 AD14 AD15 VSS A0(HBSN) A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 GND 0.1uF C304 0.1uF GND R397 33 TOTORO_CSN (3/17-F7) EEPCSN (5/17-D2) DRAM_RASN (5/17-C8) TETRA_CSN (2/17-F2) DRAM_CASLN (5/17-C8) FROM_CSN (5/17-D7) DRAM_CASHN (5/17-C8) R329 33 R333 47 (2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)(5/17-F7) ADR18 ADR19 ADR16 ADR17 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 ADR11 ADR12 ADR13 ADR14 ADR15 R402 33 ADR6 ADR7 DB[15..0] (2/17-C1) (3/17-E7) (5/17-C2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Y_INT Y_ENB IRQ5N IRQ4N TXD1 RXD1 TXD0 RXD0 VSS PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3/TP3/TIOCB3 PB2/TP2/TIOCA3 VCC PB1/TP1/TIOCB2 PB0/TP0/TIOCA2 VSS PC7 PC6 PC5/AN5 PC4/AN4 AVSS AN3 AN2 AN1 AN0 AVREF AVCC GND G 0.1uF R463 0 C329 0.1uF 5 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 C306 x1 R332 47 R395 33 ADR[19..0] R306 47 B A 6-16 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 (5/17-B8) (5/17-A8) DRM_RASN DRM_CASN (1/17-E8) MCNT_INTN (4/17-E7) (17/17-E7)(17/17-F3) (1/17-C2) LPOUT1 DREQ[1..0]N BREQN (7/17-C8) HD_DT[3..0] 6 5 4 PAD4 PAD3 3 2 Engine controller (2/17) 1 1 RD209 10k DRM_WEN DACK[1..0]N BACKN KILLERN RDN WRHN TETRA_CSN WRLN SYSTEM_CLK DACK1N DACK0N DREQ1N 1 PAD5 PAD DREQ0N 1 C287 (5/17-B8) (1/17-D2)(1/17-C2) (1/17-C2) (1/17-D2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2) (1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7) (1/17-C2) (1/17-B2) (1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7) (1/17-C1)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3) F 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 HD_DT3 HD_DT2 HD_DT1 HD_DT0 (11/17-E2) (11/17-D2) (7/17-C8) LPB LPA HD_LTCLK (7/17-B8) HD_CLK (1/17-E8) DOT_INTN (8/17-F8) SUBH[3..0] SUBH2 SUBH3 SUBH1 SUBH0 (13/17-E8) CLK_DA (13/17-E8) (13/17-E8) LD_DA DATA_DA (8/17-C8) DI_RNKSEL2 DI_RNKSEL1 DI_RNKSEL0 (12/17-B8) SOL_CONT (4/17-F7) EC_INTREQ1 DI_RNKSEL[2..0] (12/17-F6) (12/17-D6) MEDIAS_VAL PURHP_VAL (14/17-E8) (10/17-E1) (17/17-D8) (4/17-B4) PPOW_CONL XEXT0 IPLOTH XTANK CRC_CK CRC_DATA HD_DT2 HD_DT1 HD_DT0 Vcc GND LPB LPA HD_LTCLK RS0 RS1 HD_CLK Vcc GND DOT_INTN Vcc GND HDSL2 HDSL1 HDSL0 SUBH4 SUBH3 SUBH2 SUBH1 Vcc SUBH0 GND Vcc PORT_A7 GND PORT_A6 PORT_A5 PORT_A4 PORT_A3 PORT_A2 PORT_A1 PORT_A0 Vcc GND PORT_B7 Vcc GND PORT_B6 PORT_B5 PORT_B4 PORT_B3 PORT_B2 PORT_B1 PORT_B0 Vcc GND PORT_C7 PORT_C6 U212 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 C284 1 VCC TDO TDI GND Vcc MPU_ADR0 MPU_ADR1 MPU_ADR2 MPU_ADR3 MPU_ADR4 MPU_ADR5 MPU_ADR6 GND Vcc MPU_ADR7 MPU_ADR8 MPU_ADR9 GND Vcc MPU_DB0 MPU_DB1 MPU_DB2 MPU_DB3 MPU_DB4 GND MPU_DB5 Vcc GND MPU_DB6 Vcc MPU_DB7 MPU_DB8 MPU_DB9 MPU_DB10 GND MPU_DB11 MPU_DB12 MPU_DB13 MPU_DB14 MPU_DB15 GND Vcc GND HSC_TRG0 HSC_TRG1 HSC_TRG2 HSC_TRG3 PGBN PGB PGAN PGA GND Vcc PORT_C5 PORT_C4 PORT_C3 PORT_C2 PORT_C1 PORT_C0 Vcc GND HD_SEL1 HD_SEL0 BUFENBN Vcc GND P28SUP P5SUPN HRESET Vcc GND PIXDT7 PIXDT6 PIXDT5 PIXDT4 PIXDT3 Vcc PIXDT2 GND Vcc PIXDT1 GND PIXDT0 PIXRDY SCK CCLK CBSY REGI1 REGI0 PGCLK Vcc GND Vcc GND PIXCLK N.C. PHSEN Vcc GND VENB PPRDY SBSY PCLK SCLK CRDIR (9/17-E8) (9/17-E8) GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 PAD2 PAD1 PAD PAD HD_DT3 DRM_CS3 DRM_CS2 DRM_CS1 DRM_CS0 GND Vcc BREQN DMAREQ0 DMAREQ1 DMAREQ2 GND Vcc LPOUT1 LPOUT2 GND Vcc GND MCNT_INT PTRN_INT DRM_CASN DRM_RASN DRM_WEN GND PTRN_OUT Vcc GND GND Vcc DACK1 DACK0 TRST BACKN RESETN TCNTSL0 TCNTSL1 TCNTSL2 TCNTSL3 MPU_RDN GND Vcc MPU_HWRN MPU_CSN MPU_LWRN MPU_ASN TESTUDN TESTLDN CPU_CLK RAMTEST CLK TMS TCK 0.1uF 0.1uF 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 1 C273 RD207 10k E ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 ADR[10..1] (1/17-B7) (3/17-F7) (5/17-F7) D DB5 DB6 DB7 DB8 DB9 DB10 DB11 DB12 DB13 DB14 DB15 R265 R266 R268 R267 NF206 HSC_TRG0 HSC_TRG1 HSC_TRG2 HSC_TRG3 33 33 33 33 DB[15..0] (1/17-D8) (3/17-E7) (5/17-C2) HSC_TRG[3..0] (3/17-C7) C VCC N F C286 0.1uF GND PGXB PGB PGXA PGA CRDIR (14/17-C8) (14/17-C8) (14/17-C8) (14/17-D8) (3/17-D7) OSBSY OPPRDY OVENB (10/17-E7) (17/17-F5) (17/17-F3) B 0.1uF (10/17-D5) ICBSY (11/17-D1) (1/17-C2) REGI0 PM_CLK IPIXDT0 COMDIR COMLT COMDAT COMCLK HD_SEL[1..0] IPIXDT1 (9/17-F8) (9/17-F8) (9/17-E5) (9/17-F8) (7/17-B8) IPIXDT2 OPIXCLK BUFENBN P28SUP P5SUPN HRESET IPIXDT[7..0] IPIXRDY CRCDET IPIXDT7 IPIXDT6 IPIXDT5 IPIXDT4 IPIXDT3 (17/17-D8) (6/17-D8)(8/17-D8) (8/17-C8) (8/17-C8) (8/17-E8) (17/17-D2) (17/17-F6) (9/17-E8) HD_SEL1 HD_SEL0 (12/17-E6) CRG_HPVAL A 6-17 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (3/17) (1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3) SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2) KILLERN TOTORO_CSN WRLN RDN (1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(5/17-F7) ADR[9..0] F PAD10 RD201 ADR0 ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-D7) 1 (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7) ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 (1/17-B2) PAD9 10k 1 1 PAD8 C256 0.1uF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 DB0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 RD205 PAD6 PAD7 CRDIR PPCLK HSC_TRG0 HSC_TRG1 HSC_TRG2 HSC_TRG3 TSTOUT2 TSTOUT3 GND TSTOUT4 TSTOUT5 TSTOUT6 TSTOUT7 GND TSTOUT8 TSTOUT9 TSTOUT10 TSTOUT11 BLKNUM00 BLKNUM01 BLKNUM02 VCC GND BLKNUM03 GND BLKNUM10 BLKNUM11 BLKNUM12 BLKNUM13 GND BLKNUM20 BLKNUM21 BLKNUM22 BLKNUM23 GND BLKNUM30 BLKNUM31 BLKNUM32 BLKNUM33 GND HSC_TRG[3..0] E VCC NF202 N F 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 OHTP[3..0] (6/17-F8) D OHTP3 OHTP2 OHTP1 OHTP0 EHTP[3..0] (6/17-E8) EHTP3 EHTP2 EHTP1 EHTP0 HOLDTRG[3..0] (17/17-D7) HOLDTRG3 HOLDTRG2 HOLDTRG1 HOLDTRG0 C C211 0.1uF GND C229 0.1uF GND BLKNUM30 BLKNUM31 BLKNUM32 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 (2/17-B1) U204 BLKNUM20 BLKNUM21 BLKNUM22 (2/17-B1) (1/17-F3) GND BLKTYPE EDR EPRTDIR GND E0ECLK0 E0ECLK1 E0ECLK2 E0ECLK3 GND E1ELD3 E1ELD2 E1ELD1 E1ELD0 GND OHTP3 OHTP2 GND VCC OHTP1 OHTP0 GND EHTP3 EHTP2 GND EHTP1 EHTP0 GND HOLDTRG3 HOLDTRG2 HOLDTRG1 HOLDTRG0 GND VCC BLKNUM10 BLKNUM11 BLKNUM12 10k VCC GND MDB0 MDB1 MDB2 MDB3 GND VCC MDB4 MDB5 MDB6 MDB7 VCC TDI TDO VCC GND CLK2 GND RESOUTN GND CRDIRI IPPCLK GND HSYNCTRG0 HSYNCTRG1 HSYNCTRG2 HSYNCTRG3 TEST1 TEST0 VCC GND TSTOUT0 TSTOUT1 BLKNUM00 BLKNUM01 BLKNUM02 DB[15..0] 1 1 (1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(5/17-C2) GND GND MAB0 MAB1 MAB2 MAB3 MAB4 GND MAB5 MAB6 MAB7 MAB8 MAB9 GND MRDN MWRN MCSN MASN GND VCC ADDSEL GND TRST TMS TCK GND RESETN GND TESETSEL2 TESTSEL1 TESTSEL0 GND CLK32 GND VCC 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 C228 0.1uF BLKNUM3[2..0] (7/17-D8) BLKNUM2[2..0] (7/17-E8) BLKNUM1[2..0] (6/17-B8) BLKNUM0[2..0] (6/17-C8) B A 6-18 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (4/17) VCC 47k R235 (1/17-C2) EC_INTREQ0 (2/17-C7) EC_INTREQ1 D/A1 (16/17-E8) D/A0 (15/17-E8) INK1 INK0 (11/17-D5) (11/17-E5) F R234 47 C221 1000pF GND A5V (2/17-F8) (15/17-D8)(15/17-F6) LPOUT1 MTP[7..1] MTP1 MTP2 MTP3 MTP4 MTP5 MTP6 MTP7 D204 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 VCC C206 0.1uF VCC R205 R204 47K 47K (1/17-E8) RXD0_MC (1/17-E8) TXD0_MC (1/17-F8) (1/17-F8) (1/17-D6) (1/17-D6) CTS0_MC RTS0_MC Y_INT Y_ENB (12/17-E4) INKCONN HINKCONN HINK MTP9 MTP10 MTP11 MTP12 MTP13 MTP14 MTP15 GND R437 VCC 5 6 7 8 R264 12k 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 VCC R261 4.7k D SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E3) KILLERN (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E2) GND C C219 0.1uF J217 4 U202 MD2 MD1 MD0 P66 P65 P64 P63 VCC XTAL EXTAL VSS NMI RESN STBYN CK_OUT P62 P61 P60 VSS P53 P52 P51 P50 P27 P26 VCC D209 3 VCC TP8 TP9 TP10 TP11 TP12 TP13 TP14 TP15 RES0N VSS TXD0(RXD0_MC) TXD1 RXD0(TXD0_MC) RXD1 P94/SCK0/IRQ4N P95/SCK1/IRQ5N P40 P41 P42 P43 VSS P44 P45 P46 C250 0.1uF VCC 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 12k 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 NF203 N F P47 P30 P31 P32 P33 P34 P35 P36 P37 VCC P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 VSS P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 VCC 1 E VCC MTP[15..9] (11/17-C1) AGND 10uF/50V C225 TP7 TP6 TP5 TP4 TP3 TP2 TP1 TP0 VSS P84 P83/IRQ3N P82/IRQ2N P81/IRQ1N P80/IRQ0N AVSS DA1 DA0 P75 P74 P73 P72 P71 P70 VREF AVCC (16/17-D8)(16/17-F6) C224 0.1uF 1 R446 12k 2 3 (12/17-E4) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (10/17-E1) (1/17-E3)(10/17-F1) GND TANK XEXT0 XEXT1 XEXT2 XEXT3 XEXT4 XEXT5 XTANK (2/17-C8) SCL SDA (13/17-C1) (13/17-C1) B DIPMD1 4 5 6 7 8 C358 1.0uF/50V GND C359 0.1uF GND GND A 6-19 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 (1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7) 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (5/17) ADR[19..0] ADR10 ADR11 ADR9 ADR8 VCC (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) WRLN NF211 ADR17 F VCC NF213 N VCC N F ADR16 ADR15 ADR14 ADR13 ADR12 ADR11 ADR10 ADR9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 ADR19 ADR18 ADR8 ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4 ADR3 ADR2 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 NC NC WEN RESETN NC NC RY/BYN NC A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 F U218 U219 A16 BYTEN VSS D15/A-1 D7 D14 D6 D13 D5 D12 D4 VCC D11 D3 D10 D2 D9 D1 D8 D0 OEN VSS CEN A0 C303 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 ADR12 ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4 ADR3 ADR2 ADR1 ADR0 0.1uF DB15 DB7 DB14 DB6 DB13 DB5 DB12 DB4 (1/17-F3) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RBN DB0 DB1 DB2 DB11 DB3 DB10 DB2 DB9 DB1 DB8 DB0 RBN A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 VSS VCC WEN NC A8 A9 A11 RDN A10 CSN DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 C302 0.1uF E GND DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 (1/17-B2) EEPCSN GND ADR1 (1/17-B2) (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) FROM_CSN RDN D DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1 DB0 VCC VCC VCC NF212 N R331 47K (1/17-B2) DRAM_CASHN (1/17-B2) DRAM_CASLN (1/17-B2) DRAM_RASN DRM_WEN C280VCC GND 0.1uF DRM_RASN ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 U214A 8 (2/17-F8) WRLN 1 1A 7 1Y 1B VCC GND R452 47k 5 6 R453 (2/17-F8) DRM_CASN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C301 11 0.1uF 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VCC D0 D1 D2 D3 VCC D4 D5 D6 D7 NC NC NC WEN RASN NC NC A0 A1 A2 A3 VCC VSS D15 D14 D13 D12 VSS D11 D10 D9 D8 NC NC LCASN UCASN OEN A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 DB15 DB14 DB13 DB12 DB11 DB10 DB9 DB8 2A 2Y ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 C DB[15..0] 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 GND R450 47 4 2 V (2/17-F2) G (1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) R307 47K U216 F (1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(3/17-E7) B 3 R451 47 2B U214B 47 A 6-20 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (6/17) 1 1 4 4 1 1 VCC 4 4 VCC OHTP1 OHTP2 OHTP3 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 EHTP0 EHTP1 19 1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 C C C C C 6 5 3 2 F O_OHTP1 O_OHTP2 O_OHTP3 O_EHTP0 G DIR O_EHTP1 E 3 2 6 5 3 2 6 O_EHTP3 5 O_EHTP2 EHTP3 C C C C 1 4 4 GND 1 GND C GND 4 GND C GND 4 GND C GND 1 C R246 R245 R244 R243 R242 R241 R221 R218 DA211A DA211B DA211C DA211D DA210A DA210B DA210C DA210D 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 1 VCC (9/17-D8) O_OHTP0 EHTP2 EHTP[3..0] (2/17-A8)(8/17-D8) 6 GND 5 U205 OHTP0 (3/17-D2) C O_OHTP[3..0] 3 OHTP[3..0] 2 (3/17-D2) C C DA208A DA208B DA208C DA208D DA209A DA209B DA209C DA209D C212 0.1uF GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND O_EHTP[3..0] (9/17-C8) GND BUFENBN D BENB0[2..0] (3/17-B2) BLKNUM00 BENB00 BLKNUM01 BENB01 BLKNUM02 BENB02 BLKNUM10 BENB10 BLKNUM11 BENB11 BLKNUM12 C BENB12 HLDTRG (3/17-B2) (9/17-C8) BLKNUM0[2..0] (9/17-B8) BLKNUM1[2..0] BENB1[2..0] (9/17-C8) B (1/17-C2)(17/17-F5) HLDT A 6-21 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (7/17) F BENB2[2..0] (3/17-B2) (9/17-C8) BLKNUM2[2..0] (3/17-B2) BLKNUM20 BENB20 BLKNUM21 BENB21 BLKNUM22 BENB22 BLKNUM30 BENB30 BLKNUM31 BENB31 BLKNUM32 BENB32 E BLKNUM3[2..0] BENB3[2..0] (9/17-C8) D (9/17-C4) O_HD_DT[3..0] (2/17-F8) HD_DT[3..0] (2/17-E8) (2/17-E8) (2/17-A7) HD_DT0 O_HD_DT0 HD_DT1 O_HD_DT1 HD_DT2 O_HD_DT2 HD_DT3 O_HD_DT3 HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL0 HD_SEL1 O_HD_SEL1 HD_LTCLK HD_CLK C O_HD_LTCLK O_HD_CLK (9/17-C4) (9/17-C4) HD_SEL[1..0] O_HD_SEL[1..0] (9/17-C4) B A 6-22 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (8/17) VCC (2/17-D8) SUBH1 SUBH2 SUBH3 19 1 HRESET A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 (9/17-B4) F GND U211 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SUBH0 (2/17-A8) O_SUBH[3..0] C272 0.1uF SUBH[3..0] B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 O_SUBH0 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 O_SUBH1 O_SUBH2 O_SUBH3 G DIR O_HRESET (9/17-C4) VCC E VCC DA214 1 3 2 GND GND R301 R375 R368 R366 R364 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K (2/17-A8)(6/17-D8) GND BUFENBN GND GND GND GND D (17/17-C7) DRSL0 DRSL1 (17/17-C7) TRI_ENBN (9/17-B8) C (2/17-C8) (2/17-C8) (2/17-C8) (2/17-A8) P5SUPN (2/17-A8) P28SUP DI_RNKSEL2 DI_RNKSEL1 DI_RNKSEL0 H5VCNTN P26SUP O_DI_RNKSEL2 O_DI_RNKSEL1 O_DI_RNKSEL0 R281 R282 R283 (9/17-C4) (9/17-C4) 47 47 47 O_DI_RNKSEL[2..0] 1000pF1000pF1000pF C254 C253 C252 (9/17-C4) GND B A 6-23 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (9/17) XCRCDET XCRCDAT XCRCCK (17/17-F3) (17/17-F3) (17/17-F3) F (2/17-A7) (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7) COMCLK COMLT COMDIR COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR (9/17-B8) (9/17-B8) (9/17-B8) VCC U203 (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7) (2/17-B7) CRCDET CRC_DATA CRC_CK (2/17-A7) R310 47 R309 47 R308 47 R289 R286 R287 R288 47k 47k 47k 47k 1 2 3 4 COMDAT C226 0.1uF 8 7 6 5 GND COM_DAT OCRCDET (9/17-B7) CRC_DAT (9/17-B7) CRC_CLK (9/17-B7) (9/17-B8) GND E C283 C281 1000pF 1000pF C282 1000pF GND +26V C239 C241 33PF 33PF C240 C236 GND C231 33PF (6/17-F2) (6/17-F2) (6/17-F2) (6/17-F2) O_OHTP0 O_OHTP1 O_OHTP2 O_OHTP3 (6/17-E2) (6/17-E2) (6/17-E2) (6/17-E2) O_EHTP0 O_EHTP1 O_EHTP2 O_EHTP3 (6/17-C2) (6/17-C2) (6/17-C2) (6/17-B2) (6/17-B2) (6/17-B2) (7/17-F2) (7/17-F2) (7/17-F2) (7/17-D2) (7/17-D2) (7/17-D2) BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 (6/17-B3) HLDTRG (9/17-E5) OCRCDET (9/17-E3) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) (9/17-E5) (9/17-E5) (8/17-C1) COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN 33PF C232 C238 33PF 33PF 47 R219 47 47 47 C242 33PF C233 33PF 33PF C244 33PF VCC C243 0.1uF C235 33PF GND J208 C234 10uF/50V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 R220 R248 R249 47 47 47 47 R250 R251 R252 R253 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 R254 R247 R255 R256 R257 R258 R259 R260 R272 R273 R274 R275 100 R276 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 R277 R278 R299 R300 R270 R271 R298 R303 C246 33PF C237 33PF C261 33PF C247 C262 33PF 33PF C245 C260 C266 33PF 33PF 33PF C265 C264 1000pF1000pF C267 33PF C295 330PF (8/17-E4) (11/17-D4) (11/17-E4) (11/17-D4) (8/17-C1) (8/17-C1) (8/17-B5) (8/17-B5) (8/17-B5) (7/17-B2) (7/17-B2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-C2) (7/17-B2) (7/17-C2) (8/17-F1) (8/17-F1) (8/17-F1) (8/17-F1) O_HRESET LSA LSB REGISENS 100 100 R321 P26SUP O_DI_RNKSEL0 O_DI_RNKSEL1 O_DI_RNKSEL2 O_HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL1 O_HD_DT0 O_HD_DT1 O_HD_DT2 O_HD_DT3 O_HD_CLK O_HD_LTCLK O_SUBH0 O_SUBH1 O_SUBH2 O_SUBH3 R323 R324 R325 R326 R327 R356 R357 R358 R359 R360 R361 R362 R363 R365 R367 R374 (11/17-F8) (11/17-A8) (11/17-C8) (11/17-B8) (11/17-C8) HABA_IN REGILOOK RANK_IN THERM_IN DI_IN C318 C325 330PF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF C298 C294 C320 C316 33PF C323 33PF C339 33PF A5V C277 330PF C289 100uF/50V C278 0.1uF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF C297 C293 C319 C315 C322 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 LED_CONT_R LED_CONT_L C321 C317 AGND 33PF R319 H5VCNTN (13/17-E2) (13/17-D2) C292 C299 C314 C341 0.1uF D J207 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 C B GND AGND C263 33PF C268 330PF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 C296 330PF C269 C270 1000pF C376 330pF C276 330PF 1000pF GND A 6-24 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (10/17) VCC F R280 10K (1/17-E3)(4/17-B6) 4 DIPMD1 VCC SW201A 1 R227 10k (1/17-F8) (2/17-B1) R226 10k R225 10k R224 10k R223 10k R222 10k GND R351100 TXD TXD1_IC (10/17-C3) R318100 RTS OSBSY (10/17-C2) (10/17-C2)(10/17-C3) EXT[5..0] XEXT[5..0] EXT0 R3041K XEXT0 EXT1 R3051K XEXT1 EXT2 R2011K XEXT2 EXT3 R2621K XEXT3 EXT4 R2021K XEXT4 EXT5 R2631K XEXT5 VCC VCC (1/17-F8) 5 R352 47K C309 0.1uF GND 2 DTR1_IC 4 DTR (2/17-C8)(4/17-B6) E (10/17-C2) 3 U217 GND D R313 (10/17-C3) CTS ICBSY 100 VCCC311 10uF/50V (2/17-A8) J209 (17/17-F5) (17/17-F5) VENB PIXCLK A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 PIX0 PIX2 PIX4 PIX6 R314 (10/17-C2) RXD RXD1_IC (1/17-F8) (10/17-E5) TXD (10/17-D7) CTS (10/17-C7) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) DSR EXT0 EXT2 EXT4 100 (10/17-C3) R311 DSR DSR1_IC GND B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 PIXRDY (17/17-D8) PIX1 PIX3 PIX5 PIX7 RXD (10/17-C7) RTS (10/17-E5) DTR EXT1 EXT3 EXT5 (10/17-D5) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) (10/17-E4) C (1/17-F8) 100 R315 10K R317 10K GND GND PIX[7..0] GND (17/17-E8) GND B A 6-25 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (11/17) C 4 A5V HABA_IN F R354 2 (9/17-B4) DA219A HABA_VAL 1K C310 1000PF (1/17-E3) D206 DA220A 5 1 C C 4 A5V DA206A VCC 4 VCC 2 INK0_IN 100 INK0 (4/17-F3) DA217B C209 1000PF R328 4.7K C (9/17-C4) E R269 6 DA207A LSB 3 (12/17-E3) C 5 R217 100 (2/17-E8) LPA (2/17-E8) C258 1000PF 1 C 1 DA218B LPB GND GND 4 A5V R216 100 DA207B INK1 DA217A (4/17-F3) R302 4.7K C207 1000PF (9/17-C4) R239 LSA 2 3 INK1_IN 5 6 (12/17-F3) VCC 4 DA206B C C VCC 100 C257 1000PF D 1 C C DA218A VCC 1 1 VCC C GND DA217C R240 4.7K GND 1 A5V R238 2 REGISENS 5 C (9/17-C4) DA219C 1K RANK C312 1000PF (2/17-A8) (1/17-E3) D207 GND GND 4 C DA220C REGI0 C285 1000PF 4 5 RANK_IN 100 C R355 2 (9/17-B4) DA218C C DI R408 (9/17-B4) R407 D208 DI_IN 3.6kF 1K C333 1000PF XHINK HINK (4/17-C7) C 1 A5V R406 1.0kF (1/17-E3) DA219D R376 3 THERM_IN 6 (9/17-B4) 1K THERM (1/17-E3) C324 1000PF C DA220D 4 B C 4 A5V 6 R353 3 REGILOOK 1K REGI C308 1000PF (1/17-E3) D205 C DA220B 1 (9/17-B4) DA219B A AGND 6-26 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (12/17) VCC VCC VCC 2 NF214 DA201 MEDIA_IN MEDIAS_VAL 100 (2/17-C8) VCC (11/17-D8) INK1_IN 8 R207 4.7K DA206C 1 GND 9 R210 1 VCC C VCC 10 100k C222 1000PF VCC 2 F 11 0.1uF R215 3 (12/17-B2) J213 C203 R214 4.7K 7 6 3 DOOR_VAL 100 2 (1/17-F3) (4/17-B6) TANK DA207C R209 DOOR_IN C (12/17-D3) R206 5 R208 2.2k DA205 100 4 C205 1000PF C204 1000PF VCC (11/17-E8) 100k 220 R212 R211 5 INK0_IN 4 3 GND VCC GND (4/17-C7) DA204A 2 Q204 GND C 1 4 VCC 220 R213 R232 4.7K Q203 R233 2 CRGHP_IN DA203A 5 C (12/17-C5) CRG_HPVAL 100 1 C223 1000PF GND C 4 VCC GND DA204B R230 4.7K VCC VCC PURHP_VAL 1 100 (2/17-C8) C220 1000PF GND 1 R436 GND FANSTS 100 (1/17-F3) 2 +26V 2 3 1 DOOR_IN 2 GND NF208 N F 2 C357 0.1uF 3 C371 100uF/50V GND 1 GND VCC 2 NF217 3 C227 VCC 2 R449 22k 1 2 (12/17-E8) 7 CRGHP_IN 6 Q216 5 FAN_CONT Q213 (12/17-D8) R445 1 +26V 1 1 4 PURHP_IN Q215 3 4.7K 2 2 VCC 1 2 2 3 4 4 A5V C 7 6 C213 0.1uF 5 3 GND 2 VCC 1 NF215 +26V SOL_CONT NF201 N F Q205 4.7K Q206 C214 100uF/50V 4 J214 C201 3 R237 VCC 6 6 GND (2/17-C7) C216 100uF/50V 5 5 8 C215 0.1uF 3 3 4 J212 8 R448 22k (1/17-F3) 4 0.1uF J204 1 J210 J205 1 1 (12/17-E8) C342 1000PF J206 1 D J211 R435 4.7k DA223 3 DA203B 6 2 3 R231 C (12/17-C5) GND (2/17-B8) VCC PURHP_IN E 1 INKCONN C208 0.1uF (12/17-F8) MEDIA_IN 0.1uF 2 1 3 2 B 1 C210 100uF/50V GND A 6-27 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (13/17) VCC F A5V A5V C334 0.1uF 4 A5V U222 C336 1000pF 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 U223A 3 1M 2 1 R416 2M C313 0.1uF C335 1000pF DA222A (9/17-B4) LED_CONT_R DA221A R412 2.2K E 1 C337 1000pF R415 C VCC VDD A06 A05 A04 A03 VSS 2 DO LD CLK DI A01 A02 GND 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LD_DA CLK_DA DATA_DA 0.1uF GND GND GND AGND AGND A5V VCC R404 2.2K C 4 A5V DA222B U223B 5 6 R372 7 1M CPURSTN (1/17-D3) (9/17-B4) LED_CONT_L 3 6 R373 2M D DA221B R369 2.2K VCC C GND 1 (2/17-D8) (2/17-D8) (2/17-D8) C338 C R409 47 R410 47 R411 47 AGND U227 1 2 OUT VCC MAN GND 3 4 C351 0.1uF VCC VCC VCC GND R228 10k R229 10k C D201 U201 RP201 47 D202 D203 8 C249 0.22F C217 0.1uF 4 2 3 GND VDD VSS SDA SCL 7 6 SDA (4/17-B4) SCL (4/17-B4) XIN XOUT Y201 32.768kHz C248 10pF B GND A 6-28 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (14/17) F VCC Q207 (2/17-C7) E +26V PPOW_CONL C365 0.1uF +26V C366 100uF/50V VCC C326 0.1uF R439 Q214 4.7K R440 GND U234 1K 1 U220A 1 2 Q209 3 (2/17-C7) PGA 3 2 R441 4 1K 5 U220B 4 6 Q210 6 (2/17-B1) PGXA 5 7 R442 8 1K 9 U220C 9 10 Q211 8 (2/17-B1) PGB 11 10 R443 12 Q208 D IN1 OUT1 ACOM1 OUT2 J202 GND IN2 GND GND IN3 OUT3 ACOM2 OUT4 IN4 8 7 GND 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 C 1 1K U220D 12 Q212 C369 0.1uF C370 100uF/50V 11 (2/17-B1) PGXB 13 GND B A 6-29 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Engine controller (15/17) VCC C349 0.1uF NF210 N F C350 10uF/50V 1 A5V C340 0.1uF GND (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) GND (4/17-F3) U231A 1 3 D/A 0 13 14 15 16 MTP4 MTP5 MTP6 MTP7 R434 C367 100uF/50V A A* B B* 2 3 6 7 J203 1 2 3 4 5 6 3.3k 2 R444 2M PG 9 11 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS C355 0.01uF VCC C3540.1uF U230 VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 5 GND SG N.C. Td1 Td2 12 8 10 GND C356 220pF E GND R433 C353 0.01uF 10 MTP1 MTP2 MTP3 Vref1 Vref2 4 GND GND (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) Vcc2 Ain Bin A*in B*in F C368 0.1uF U233 +26V GND R432 30 A5V U231B 5 D R431 7 R425 3.3k 6 47 R424 R430 10 62 R429 R423 75 30 C R428 R422 91 47 VCC U229 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 R427 C352 0.1uF R421 100 GND 62 R426 R420 100 GND B 75 GND R419 91 R418 100 A R417 100 GND 6-30 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 +26V N Vcc C344 0.1uF C361 C345 10uF/50V 100uF/50V U232 1 GND A5V (4/17-F3) C347 0.1uF GND 7 5 D/A 1 R438 (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) 13 14 15 16 MTP12 MTP13 MTP14 MTP15 R394 J201 Vcc2 Ain Bin A*in B*in A A* B B* 2 3 6 7 3.3k Engine controller (16/17) F NF209 F C360 0.1uF 1 NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 PG U226B 9 11 2M GND C363 0.01uF VCC U225 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 C343 0.1uF 5 GND Vref1 Vref2 SG N.C. Td1 Td2 4 12 8 10 GND C362 220pF E GND GND R393 C364 0.01uF 10 GND (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) (4/17-E7) GND MTP9 MTP10 MTP11 R392 A5V 30 D R391 U226A 1 3 R385 3.3k 2 47 R384 R390 10 62 R389 R383 75 30 C R388 R382 91 47 R387 VCC U224 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 C346 0.1uF R381 100 GND 62 R386 R380 100 GND B 75 GND R379 91 R378 100 A R377 100 GND 6-31 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 C372 0.1uF G IPIXRDY B Y 5 (2/17-A8) A V 3 Engine controller (17/17) U235 2 OPPRDY F (2/17-B1) 1 (10/17-C3) (10/17-C3) (1/17-D2) (1/17-C2) (1/17-C2)(6/17-B8) OVENB DREQ1N XCRCCK XCRCDAT XCRCDET PIXCLK VENB REDREQ1N REDREQ0N HLDT (2/17-B1) (2/17-F8) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) (9/17-F5) VCC NF205 N F (10/17-B1) (2/17-F8) (1/17-F3) PIX[7..0] DREQ0N DMA_CONTN R297 R296 R295 R294 R293 R292 R291 R290 R285 PIX7 PIX6 PIX5 PIX4 PIX3 PIX2 PIX1 PIX0 (10/17-C2) (2/17-A8) (2/17-C8) PIXRDY OPIXCLK (3/17-C1) (3/17-C1) (3/17-C1) (3/17-C1) R284 HOLDTRG3 HOLDTRG2 HOLDTRG1 HOLDTRG0 IPLOTH 47 C271 1000pF GND (8/17-D7) (8/17-D7) DRSL1 DRSL0 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 NC VDD VSS DQ0DQ0B32TS2 DMC_B31_TS1 BEB30_TSSEL0 FFF_B22_TD4 A31PX7B21TD3 A30PX6B20TD2 A29PX5B12TD1 A28PX4B11TD0 A27PX3B10TLD A26_PX2_B02 ADSL_PX1_B01 DENL_PX0_B00 BLT_PXRY_HLT RDL_PXCK_HCK VDD VSS HOLDTRG3_HD3 ATP1HTG2HD2 ATP0HTG1HD1 AKINHTG0HD0 BSYIPLOTHS1 DPXRDYH_HS0 BPINT_DRSEL2 BPINT_DRSEL1 BPINT_DRSEL0 DCLK4 IODATA4 DIRECT4 LTCLK4 DK0HENB4TSC3 VDD NC NC U208 NC VSS VDD TRIN IMOAKRQ RESETN TLD TMODE SMODE BCLK ACLK SDO SDI FWRHENB3TSC2 BENB31 LTCLK3 RP7_HSL31 RP6_HSL33 VDD VSS RP5_HSL32 DIRECT3 BENB30 RP4_HSL30 IODATA3 DCLK3 BDRHENB2TSC1 BENB21 LTCLK2 RP3_HSL21 RP2_HSL23 RP1_HSL22 DIRECT2 VSS VDD NC NC NC VSS DCLK0 IODATA0 PT0_HSL00 BENB00 VSS DIRECT0 PT2_HSL02 PT3_HSL03 PT1_HSL01 LTCLK0 BENB01 IMBPCS_HENB0 IMFEN_MPX2 DCLK1 VDD IODATA1 PT4_HSL10 BENB10 DIRECT1 PT6_HSL12 PT7_HSL13 PT5_HSL11 LTCLK1 BENB11 VSS BENHENB1TSC0 DCLK2 IODATA2 RP0_HSL20 BENB20 VSS VDD NC 0.1uF C279 0.1uF (1/17-C1) (2/17-F2) (3/17-F7) (4/17-D2) GND E 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 KILLERN (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2) IPIXDT[7..0] R454 47 R455 47 R456 47 R460 47 (2/17-A8) D IPIXDT5 R457 47 R458 47 IPIXDT7 IPIXDT6 R459 47 IPIXDT4 IPIXDT3 IPIXDT2 IPIXDT1 C 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 C373 NC VDD VSS VSS NC OSUBH4 FFF OSUBH1 VSS C168 IMFRD VDD COMDIR CK20M VSS IMFRS_HLDTRG BPWR_REDRQ0N BPRD_REDRQ1N L244E_REVENB AKOUT_REPXCK INT4L_REPXRY VENBTSR DREQ2N ASICMD1 ASICMD0 COMDT COMCK COMLT VSS PCLK1 CRCCK CRCDT CRCDET VSS VSS NC 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 SYSTEM_CLK C375 0.1uF GND C374 0.1uF R461 47 IPIXDT0 B A 6-32 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (1/8) F D504 26V 26VA VH1 IC515 1 Vin Vout 2 3 ADJ 4 R503 1.2k,2W GND R561 15kF D503 + C502 100u/50V C549 0.1u C548 0.1u Q506 R501 1.2k,2W R560 825F ZD504 E HGND (8/8-E2) H24VCNT D506 VH2 VA L5V H5V IC516 1 Vin Vout 2 3 ADJ 4 GND D R567 15kF Q507 D505 + C503 100u/50V C551 0.1u C550 0.1u (8/8-E2) JP502 R502 1.2k,2W H5VCNT R568 825F JP504 HGND GND JP503 AGND C 26VGND L5V R532 4.7k R531 4.7k B J509 (8/8-E2) LSA (8/8-E2) LSB 4 3 2 1 LGND A 6-33 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (2/8) F VH1 H5V VH2 J503 H5V J505 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG HENB0 BE01 EVEN0 RANK0 DIA0 ODD0 (3/8-F2) (3/8-F2) 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (8/8-E7) LTCLK0 HS2A0 HS1A0 HS1B0 (3/8-F8) (3/8-F7) (3/8-F7) (3/8-F7) DIR0 (3/8-E7) BE00 (3/8-E7) HS2B0 (3/8-E7) (6/8-C4) (5/8-E2)(6/8-E5) (8/8-E6) VDD HG SUB SUB0 (5/8-F5) VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK DIK0 VH2 HRESET (8/8-E2) (5/8-E2) IDATA0 DCLK0 (3/8-E8) (3/8-E8) HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG EVEN2 RANK2 DIA2 ODD2 (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 (3/8-F4) (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) (3/8-F3) DIR2 (3/8-E3) BE20 (3/8-E3) HS2B2 (3/8-E3) (6/8-C4) (5/8-C2)(6/8-E5) (8/8-E6) E VDD HG SUB SUB2 (5/8-D5) VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK HGND LGND H5V DIK2 VH2 J504 HENB2 BE21 (8/8-E7) HRESET (8/8-E2) (5/8-C2) IDATA2 DCLK2 (3/8-E4) (3/8-E4) D HGND LGND H5V J506 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG HENB1 BE11 EVEN1 RANK1 DIA1 ODD1 (3/8-D7) (3/8-D7) (8/8-E7) LTCLK1 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1 (3/8-D8) (3/8-C7) (3/8-C7) (3/8-C7) DIR1 (3/8-C7) BE10 (3/8-C7) HS2B1 (3/8-B7) (6/8-C4) (5/8-D2)(6/8-E5) (8/8-E6) VDD HG SUB SUB1 (5/8-E5) VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK HRESET (8/8-E2) DIK1 (5/8-D2) HGND LGND IDATA1 DCLK1 (3/8-C8) (3/8-B8) 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 HE1B BE1 EVEN LCLK HS2A HS1A HS1B RANK DIA DIR HE1A BE0 ODD HS2B LG EVEN3 RANK3 DIA3 ODD3 HENB3 BE31 (3/8-D3) (3/8-D3) LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 (3/8-D4) (3/8-C3) (3/8-C3) (3/8-C3) DIR3 (3/8-C3) BE30 (3/8-C3) HS2B3 (3/8-B3) (8/8-E7) (6/8-C4) (5/8-C2)(6/8-E5) (8/8-E6) C VDD HG SUB SUB3 (5/8-C5) VH IDAT DCLK RES DIK DIK3 HRESET (8/8-E2) (5/8-B2) IDATA3 DCLK3 (3/8-C4) (3/8-B4) B HGND LGND A 6-34 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (3/8) F LGND (2/8-D5) (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) R513 (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 HENB2 BE21 LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 DIR0 BE00 HS2B0 DIR0 BE00 HS2B0 IDATA0 DCLK0 DCLK0 (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) LGND (2/8-D1) (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) (2/8-E1) 10k 9 10k LGND 1 E DIR2 BE20 HS2B2 DIR2 BE20 HS2B2 IDATA2 DCLK2 R510 DCLK2 33 (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-C3) (4/8-C3) 10 RA502H 8 10k RA502G 10 5 RA503A 2 10k 10k RA504B 10 7 5 RA504F 2 10k 5 10k RA503B 10 RA504E 6 33 C554 33p 10k RA502F IDATA2 4 (2/8-D1) 10 5 RA504D 6 10 5 10k 1 10k RA506A R577 10k 33 C520 33p 7 LTCLK2 5 10k 9 HENB2 BE21 LGND 10k RA506H 10 10 (2/8-E1) (2/8-F1) (2/8-F1) LGND 8 RA503G 8 10k RA506G 4 10k 10 5 RA507D 9 10k RA503H 10 5 10k 3 33 C552 33p RA507C 7 RA506F RA507B IDATA0 2 (2/8-D5) 2 R575 10 5 10k RA506B 10 5 RA506E LGND 10k 6 C523 33p 10k 33 R511 10k HS2A0 HS1A0 HS1B0 LTCLK0 (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) (4/8-B7) RA502E (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) (2/8-E5) HENB0 BE01 LTCLK0 HS2A0 HS1A0 HS1B0 RA504C HENB0 BE01 10k (2/8-E5) (2/8-F5) (2/8-F5) 3 R514 (4/8-C3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) 33 C522 33p C519 33p LGND LGND D C553 33p LGND (2/8-B5) (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) R515 DCLK1 DIR1 BE10 HS2B1 LGND HENB3 BE31 (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 HENB3 BE31 LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) C555 33p LGND (2/8-B1) R508 DCLK3 (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) (2/8-C1) DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 6 10k C 10 RA501E 4 RA501D 5 10k 10k RA503C (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) LGND 3 10k 5 10k 3 RA501C 5 RA502D 4 10k 5 10k 4 RA503D 5 10 RA501H 9 33 DIR1 BE10 HS2B1 IDATA1 DCLK1 RA501A 5 10 10k IDATA3 10k R578 (2/8-B1) RA501G 2 RA501B 5 10 LGND 10k 4 10k RA505D LGND 10k 33 C518 33p 33 C524 33p (2/8-D1) (2/8-D1) 5 RA505C 10 10k 3 (2/8-C1) 6 10k 5 RA503E 2 10k RA505B 10 5 10k RA505H 7 RA503F 10 10 RA505G 10k RA504H 10 10 10k 10k RA505F 10k 9 33 8 6 IDATA1 10k RA504G 10 10 RA505E R576 (2/8-B5) 10k LGND 9 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1 8 (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) (2/8-C5) 7 33 C521 33p R509 LTCLK3 1 LTCLK1 (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) (4/8-B3) 8 HENB1 BE11 LTCLK1 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1 HENB1 BE11 RA501F (2/8-D5) (2/8-D5) 7 R512 (2/8-C5) DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 IDATA3 DCLK3 (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) (4/8-D3) 33 C517 33p LGND B A 6-35 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TRI_ENBN Y501 (10.245MHz) BENB32 BENB31 BENB30 BENB22 BENB21 BENB20 BENB12 BENB11 BENB10 BENB02 BENB01 BENB00 HLTCLK HDCLK (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D4) HDAT3 HDAT2 HDAT1 HDAT0 HSEL1 HSEL0 SUBH1 BENB32 BENB31 BENB30 BENB22 BENB21 BENB20 BENB12 BENB11 BENB10 BENB02 BENB01 BENB00 HLTCLK HDCLK HDAT3 HDAT2 HDAT1 HDAT0 HSEL1 HSEL0 SUBH1 DCLK4 IDATA4 DIR4 LTCLK4 HENB4 DCLK4 IDATA4 DIR4 LTCLK4 HENB4 L5V NF501 NF C514 0.1u NC VDD VSS VSS NC OSUBH4 FFF OSUBH1 VSS C168 IMFRD VDD COMDIR CK20M VSS IMFRS_HLDTRG BPWR_REDRQ0N BPRD_REDRQ1N L244E_REVENB AKOUT_REPXCK INT4L_REPXRY VENBTSR DREQ2N ASICMD1 ASICMD0 COMDT COMCK COMLT VSS PCLK1 CRCCK CRCDT CRCDET VSS VSS NC NC VSS VDD TRIN IMOAKRQ RESETN TLD TMODE SMODE BCLK ACLK SDO SDI FWRHENB3TSC2 BENB31 LTCLK3 RP7_HSL31 RP6_HSL33 VDD VSS RP5_HSL32 DIRECT3 BENB30 RP4_HSL30 IODATA3 DCLK3 BDRHENB2TSC1 BENB21 LTCLK2 RP3_HSL21 RP2_HSL23 RP1_HSL22 DIRECT2 VSS VDD NC NC NC VSS DCLK0 IODATA0 PT0_HSL00 BENB00 VSS DIRECT0 PT2_HSL02 PT3_HSL03 PT1_HSL01 LTCLK0 BENB01 IMBPCS_HENB0 IMFEN_MPX2 DCLK1 VDD IODATA1 PT4_HSL10 BENB10 DIRECT1 PT6_HSL12 PT7_HSL13 PT5_HSL11 LTCLK1 BENB11 VSS BENHENB1TSC0 DCLK2 IODATA2 RP0_HSL20 BENB20 VSS VDD NC 1 C507 330p 2 C570 16p C571 16p 3 4 C513 x1 oe x2 gnd fs3 vcc fs4 clkout 8 NF503 NF 7 C506 0.01u 6 5 L5V 0.1u 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 LGND R504 E 2.2k IC501 1 RESETN 2 HENB3 BE31 LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 HS1B3 DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 IDATA3 DCLK3 HENB2 BE21 LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 DIR2 HENB3 BE31 LTCLK3 HS2A3 HS1A3 (3/8-D1) (3/8-D1) (3/8-D1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) HS1B3 DIR3 BE30 HS2B3 IDATA3 DCLK3 HENB2 BE21 LTCLK2 HS2A2 HS1A2 HS1B2 DIR2 (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-C1) (3/8-B1) (3/8-B1) (3/8-B1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-F1) (3/8-E1) OUT VCC MAN GND 3 4 C505 0.01u LGND D C LGND LGND (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-E5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) (3/8-F5) DCLK0 IDATA0 HS2B0 BE00 DIR0 HS1B0 HS1A0 HS2A0 LTCLK0 BE01 HENB0 HENB1 DCLK2 IDATA2 HS2B2 BE20 IDATA1 HS2B1 BE10 DIR1 HS1B1 HS1A1 HS2A1 LTCLK1 BE11 DCLK1 DIR0 HS1B0 HS1A0 HS2A0 LTCLK0 BE01 HENB0 C515 DCLK0 IDATA0 HS2B0 BE00 JP501 (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D5) (8/8-D2) (8/8-D2) NC VDD VSS DQ0DQ0B32TS2 DMC_B31_TS1 BEB30_TSSEL0 FFF_B22_TD4 A31PX7B21TD3 A30PX6B20TD2 A29PX5B12TD1 A28PX4B11TD0 A27PX3B10TLD A26_PX2_B02 ADSL_PX1_B01 DENL_PX0_B00 BLT_PXRY_HLT RDL_PXCK_HCK VDD VSS HOLDTRG3_HD3 ATP1HTG2HD2 ATP0HTG1HD1 AKINHTG0HD0 BSYIPLOTHS1 DPXRDYH_HS0 BPINT_DRSEL2 BPINT_DRSEL1 BPINT_DRSEL0 DCLK4 IODATA4 DIRECT4 LTCLK4 DK0HENB4TSC3 VDD NC NC L5V IC517 33 NF502 NF IC503 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 F R505 L5V 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 C508 0.1u LGND COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT CLK SUBH4 COM_DIR OSUBH1 OSUBH4 XSUBH1 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 (5/8-D7) CRC_CLK CRC_DAT CRC_DET Carriage controller (4/8) (8/8-C5) (8/8-D7) (8/8-C7) (8/8-C5) (8/8-C5) (8/8-C5) (8/8-D7) (8/8-C5) COM_DIR COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT CRC_CLK CRC_DAT CRC_DET TRI_ENBN 0.1u BE20 HS2B2 IDATA2 DCLK2 (3/8-E1) (3/8-E1) (3/8-E1) (3/8-E1) HENB1 BE11 LTCLK1 HS2A1 HS1A1 HS1B1 DIR1 BE10 HS2B1 IDATA1 DCLK1 (3/8-D5) (3/8-D5) (3/8-D5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-C5) (3/8-B5) (3/8-B5) (3/8-B5) LGND B A 6-36 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (5/8) F H5V VA SUB0 SUB0 (2/8-E6) R541 22kF (8/8-D4) SUBH0 SUBH0 R553 Q505 IC509A 3 470 1 DIA0 2 R540 2kF R552 DIK0 2.2k DIA0 (2/8-E6)(6/8-E5) DIK0 (2/8-D6) C532 E R539 10kF HGND AGND SUB1 (4/8-F8) XSUBH1 XSUBH1 R533 0.1u SUB1 (2/8-B6) AGND Q503 AGND IC509B 5 470 DIA1 7 6 R534 DIK1 DIA1 (2/8-C6)(6/8-E5) DIK1 (2/8-B6) 2.2k R537 10kF D HGND SUB2 (8/8-D4) SUBH2 SUBH2 R517 SUB2 (2/8-E3) AGND Q502 IC509D 12 470 14 DIA2 13 R516 DIK2 DIA2 (2/8-E3)(6/8-E5) DIK2 (2/8-D3) 2.2k R535 10kF HGND SUB3 (8/8-D4) SUBH3 SUBH3 R506 SUB3 C (2/8-B3) AGND Q501 IC509C 10 470 8 DIA3 9 R507 DIK3 DIA3 (2/8-C3)(6/8-E5) DIK3 (2/8-B3) 2.2k R536 10kF HGND AGND DI_GND DI_GND B A 6-37 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (6/8) F 26VA L5V R529 C529 C527 33kF IC508A 0.1u 0.1u 2 AGND R526 1 3 (8/8-D7) DIA4 HOLDTRG DIA4 HOLDTRG X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS 13 14 1.3kF IC506 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IC508D DISNS 12 (8/8-C4) VA VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DIA2 DIA1 DIA0 DIA3 DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 DIA2 DIA1 DIA0 DIA3 (2/8-E3)(5/8-C2) (2/8-C6)(5/8-D2) (2/8-E6)(5/8-E2) (2/8-C3)(5/8-C2) E C528 680p R525 13kF AGND R524 2.2kF AGND AGND D L5V L5V R551 C525 R521 1.0kB R519 1.0kB R518 1.0kB R520 1.0kB 15kF IC508B 6 0.1u IC508C R550 7 5 9 8 3.6kF 10 RANK (8/8-C4) IC505 RANK4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RANK4 X4 X6 X X7 X5 INH VEE VSS VDD X2 X1 X0 X3 A B C 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RANK2 RANK1 RANK0 RANK3 DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 RANK2 RANK1 RANK0 RANK3 C (2/8-E3) (2/8-C6) (2/8-E6) (2/8-C3) C530 680p AGND L5V R527 R528 20kB 20kB AGND DRSEL[0..2] LGND DRSEL[0..2] (8) (8/8-D3) B A 6-38 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (7/8) F 26VA IC513A 2 L5V 1 (8/8-C4) REGOUT 3 R569 33k J510 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 VA LEDB LEDR LEDB LEDR C531 (7/8-C2) (7/8-C5) REGOUT 33kF 0.01u POUT THERM POUT THERM (8/8-C4) (8/8-C4) L5V R543 R523 10k R545 E R585 51kF R546 IC513D 13 13kF 12 AGND 2 0 IC513B 6 R549 7 14 5 IC513C 9 D502 IC511A 1 REGSEN 3 (8/8-E2) 8 10 2.2k 26VA C533 R547 2kF L5V R548 2.2M C535 0.47u,3216 0.1u R544 15kF 26VA AGND IC511B C534 AGND 6 AGND AGND D 7 5 0.1u AGND AGND C539 C538 0.1u 0.1u R557 R556 15kF (8/8-D4) 15kF IC512A R558 ZD506 2 REGLEDR 1 3.3kF C R573 (8/8-D4) LEDR 3 IC512B R559 (7/8-E7) REGLEDB 7 3.3kF 5 200,1/2W,5025 L5V ZD505 6 R572 LEDB (7/8-E7) 270,1/2W,5025 L5V C537 0.1u 26VA AGND B A 6-39 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Carriage controller (8/8) F 5V 26V J501 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J502 ODD0 ODD1 ODD2 ODD3 ODD0 ODD1 ODD2 ODD3 EVEN0 EVEN1 EVEN2 EVEN3 EVEN0 EVEN1 EVEN2 EVEN3 (2/8-F6) (2/8-C6) (2/8-F3) (2/8-C3) C572 220p C573 220p C574 220p (2/8-E6) (2/8-C6) (2/8-E3) (2/8-C3) C575 220p C576 220p GND C577 220p BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 BENB00 BENB01 BENB02 BENB10 BENB11 BENB12 BENB20 BENB21 BENB22 BENB30 BENB31 BENB32 HOLDTRG HOLDTRG MPX2 CRCD_DET COM_DAT COM_CLK COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN C584 82p C585 220p C586 220p (6/8-E7) CRC_DET (4/8-F3) COM_DAT COM_CLK (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) C587 220p (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-D7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) (4/8-E7) C578 220p C579 220p C580 220p C581 220p C582 220p C583 220p GND C588 220p C589 220p C590 220p C591 220p COM_LT COM_DIR CRC_CLK CRC_DAT TRI_ENBN R584 10k (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) (4/8-F3) 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24V + C504 100u/50V 24VGND HRESET LSA LSB REGSEN REGHOLD H5VCNT R5VCNT H24VCNT DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 HSEL0_ HSEL1_ HDAT0_ HDAT1_ HDAT2_ HDAT3_ HDCLK_ HLTCLK_ SUBH0 SUBH1 SUBH2 SUBH3 REGLEDR REGLEDB POUT REGOUT RANK THERM DISNS DRSEL0 DRSEL1 DRSEL2 REGLEDR REGLEDB (5/8-E7) (4/8-D7) (5/8-D7) (5/8-C7) (7/8-C8) (7/8-C4) (1/8-D3) H24VCNT (1/8-D7) 33 33 R565 R564 33 33 R563 33 HSEL0 (4/8-D7) HSEL1 (4/8-D7) HDAT0 (4/8-D7) HDAT1 (4/8-D7) HDAT2 (4/8-D7) HDAT3 (4/8-D7) HDCLK (4/8-D7) HLTCLK (4/8-D7) D 33 R582 33 POUT REGOUT RANK THERM DISNS (7/8-E7) (7/8-F6) (6/8-C1) (7/8-E7) (6/8-E2) C556 220p C544 220p GND 5V C542 220p L5V GND GND H5VCNT R581 R566 R562 5V (2/8-B3)(2/8-B6)(2/8-D3)(2/8-D6) (1/8-B7) 26VGND (1/8-B7) (7/8-E2) (6/8-B4) (6/8-B4) (6/8-B4) R580 33 SUBH0 SUBH1 SUBH2 SUBH3 HRESET LSA LSB REGSEN E C540 R530 220p C557 220p C C543 220p C541 220p C558 10kF 220p GND LGND 5V L5V L501 B + C501 100u/16V GND LGND A 6-40 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 E. PAPER SENSOR 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Paper sensor F +26V LED2 J510 LEDB LEDR +26V REGOUT +5V POUT THERM GND LED1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 E C2 100p R1 D 1.1M R2 22k PD1 R3 680 IC1B 6 +5V 7 5 C1 0.1u C PT1 TH1 IC1A 2 1 3 GND B A 6-41 Part 6: Circuit Diagram BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 F. OPERATIN PANEL CONTROLLER 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Operation panel controller CN701 18 FG701 D701 17 D701 U701 R728 6.8K R729 6.8K R701 1K R702 1K R703 1K DIODE SW701 2 R727 6.8K 15 JP701 DIODE SW702 DIODE SW703 D705 3 RSV1 14 D702 12 D702 PLED8 PLED9 RSV2 NC. NC. 2 CN704 9 2 GND 8 1 D703 7 D703 D705 6 GND 2 DIODE SW707 1 PLED7 GND DIODE SW706 10 4 PLED6 DIODE SW705 4 PLED5 2 DIODE SW704 DIODE SW708 2 1 E DIODE SW709 1 PLED4 D704 11 3 PLED3 22uF GND 1 PLED2 C701 3 GND 4 PLED1 13 3 PLED0 0 GND DIODE 2 VSS VCC D704 16 1 BUZZER 3 4 PKEY5 VCC 19 0.1uF PKEY4 F 20 C702 PKEY3 21 0.1uF PKEY2 22 C704 PKEY1 VCC 23 4 NC. PKEY0 24 1 NC. 5 4 3 2 1 CN702 PDAT7 VSS LCDE VEE RS VSS R/W VSS CPURSTL PVCC NC. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 D R705 330 R706 330 LED704 LED705 R707 330 R708 330 LED706 R709 330 LED707 R710 330 LED708 R711 330 LED709 R712 330 LED710 1 PDAT7 LED703 1 PDAT6 11 LED702 1 12 LED701 1 PDAT5 1 PDAT4 13 1 14 R713 330 R714 330 10 9 Q701 8 Q702 Q703 Q704 Q705 Q706 Q707 Q708 Q709 Q710 7 VCC 6 5 R730 4.7K 4 R731 4.7K GND CN703 3 2 1 LCD701 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 1 2 C703 0.1uF PDAT0 GND PDAT1 PDAT2 PDAT3 PDAT4 PDAT5 PDAT6 PDAT7 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 C VCC GND 2 PDAT6 PDAT3 15 VCC LED711 VEE 1 PDAT5 PDAT2 16 1 VSS PDAT4 PDAT1 17 1 PDAT3 PDAT0 18 2 PDAT2 19 1 PDAT1 20 2 VSS PDAT0 22 21 1 NC. RSV3 RS R/W LCDE L C D R718 330 PDAT0 PDAT1 Q711 PDAT2 PDAT3 PDAT4 PDAT5 PDAT6 GND B PDAT7 VCC SW710 R719 6.8K R704 R720 6.8K R721 6.8K R722 6.8K R723 6.8K R724 6.8K R725 6.8K R726 6.8K 4.7K C706 0.01uF GND GND GND R716 10K VCC R717 130K C705 BUZ701 1000pF R715 1K U701C U701A U701B 6 5 9 3 4 U701D 10 1 8 A + 12 13 11 1 C V 2 VCC 2 6-42 APPENDIX MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1 APPENDIX BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 MENU GUIDE Service Mode Menu Menu Guide Normal Menu A B Auto Sense HP-GL HP-GL/2+RTL HP RTL Print Operation Abort Print Buffer Clear Replot Force Print Printing Menu C Line Type Emulation Main menu Interface Setup Line Shading Pen Setup Head Cleaning All Black New Tank 38400bps On Off Data Bit-Parity 7none 7even 7odd 8none 8even 8odd Select Table Plot Layout Software Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 Force Cutting Yes No Auto Layout Off Nesting Media Save Best Modify Table Adjustment Pen Table 1 Auto Adjust Auto Band-Adj. 0 Print Quality Width Normal Enhanced Hi-Resolution Draft 99% Auto 1 2 3 4 5 7 9 Color/Mono Color Mono Media setup Rotation 0 90 180 270 Auto 31 Roll Media Cut Sheet Media Type 1 2 3 *1 Copy 18000mm Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut A 80mm Pen Table 1 Pen Table 2 Pen Table 3 All Pen Table *1 Information I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error 627mm (914mm) Reset Table Drying Time Yes No Width (*Same as Pen Table 1) Nesting Timer 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes SERVICE MODE Internal Print 60 minutes B C Wxxxxx 20: Wxxxxx ERROR Drying Time Off Auto 30 seconds 1 minute 01: Exxxxx 20: Exxxxx ADJUST PRINT PATTERN Scale Test Print X-SCALE 0 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes 32 FUNCTION PANEL LED/LCD PANEL KEY COUNTER Demonstration Menu Map Color Palette Setup List Nozzle Check Dump Mode W-INK: 000000 *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand) T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage driving time English(mm) English(inch) Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska Reset Defaults Pen Table 3 Auto Cut 01: Language Print Length Band Joint 80mm 99 Cut Type Cut Cut Line No Cut System Setup Feed Priority 1 WARNING Auto Cut EOP Timer On Off Length (*Same as Pen Table 1) Yes No Auto Adjust Mode User Size Pen Table 2 Force Cutting Francais Deutsch Italiano Espanol Svenska User 9 Normal Large All Black New Tank English(mm) English(inch) *2 ISO-A ISO-B JIS-B Join Plain Paper Coated Paper Tracing Pape Film *1 Margin r Head Cleaning -32 Layout Size 255 *1 SYSTEM TYPE: Ax TMP: 000.0˚C H-TMP K1:000.0˚C H-TMP K2:000.0˚C H-TMP C: 000.0˚C H-TMP M: 000.0˚C H-TMP Y: 000.0˚C P-SIZE X:0000.00 P-SIZE Y:0000.00 Interface Setup Language Off On 0 Abort Print Buffer Clear 60 minutes System Setup Y-Mirror Color *1 Roll/Cut Sheet 10 seconds 30 seconds 1 minute 2 minutes 5 minutes 10 minutes 30 minutes 60 minutes 999% 1% 15 *1 Hardware Xon/Xoff EOP Timer 100% Pen Print Mode Handshake *2 Scale PRINT INF Yes No Print Operation Baud Rate 2400bps Overlay Merge DISPLAY Main Menu RS-232C Line Intersect SERVICE MODE *3 *3 INITIALIZE W-INK: 000000 *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand) Auto Adjust Mode T-PLOT: 000000 *Carriage driving time On Off I/C EEPROM Feed Priority E/C EEPROM Print Length Band Joint Information : Indicates the main menu or menu (Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.) (The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.) *1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for them are taken priority to the operation panel setting when printing through the driver . *2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotter driver and operation panel for them reflect on printing. *3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started in I/C: Ver. I/Boot: Ver. E/C: Ver. E/Boot: Ver. E/Slv: Ver. Memory Error the service mode. xxx xxx xxx : Indicates set value. *Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value. *Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection. *(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media mode.) A-1 This document is printed on 100% recycled paper. PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) CANON INC.